Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

The authors set out on the ambitious task of establishing the reproducibility of claims from the Drosophila immunity literature. Starting out from a corpus of 400 articles from 1959 and 2011, the authors sought to determine whether their claims were confirmed or contradicted by previous or subsequent publications. Additionally, they actively sought to replicate a subset of the claims for which no previous replications were available (although this set was not representative of the whole sample, as the authors focused on suspicious and/or easily testable claims). The focus of the article is on inferential reproducibility; thus, methods don't necessarily map exactly to the original ones.

The authors present a large-scale analysis of the individual replication findings, which are presented in a companion article (Westlake et al., 2025. DOI 10.1101/2025.07.07.663442). In their retrospective analysis of reproducibility, the authors find that 61% of the original claims were verified by the literature, 7.5% were partialy verified, and only 6.8% were challenged, with 23.8% having no replication available. This is in stark contrast with the result of their prospective replications, in which only 16% of claims were successfully reproduced.

The authors proceed to investigate correlates of replicability, with the most consistent finding being that findings stemming from higher-ranked universities (and possibly from very high impact journals) were more likely to be challenged.

Strengths:

(1) The work presents a large-scale, in-depth analysis of a particular field of science that includes authors with deep domain expertise of the field. This is a rare endeavour to establish the reproducibility of a particular subfield of science, and I'd argue that we need many more of these in different areas.

(2) The project was built on a collaborative basis (https://ReproSci.epfl.ch/), using an online database (https://ReproSci.epfl.ch/), which was used to organize the annotations and comments of the community about the claims. The website remains online and can be a valuable resource to the Drosophila immunity community.

(3) Data and code are shared in the authors' GitHub repository, with a Jupyter notebook available to reproduce the results.

Main concerns:

(1) Although the authors claim that "Drosophila immunity claims are mostly replicable", this conclusion is strictly based on the retrospective analysis - in which around 84% of the claims for which a published verification attempt was found. This is in very stark contrast with the findings that the authors replicate prospectively, of which only 16% are verified.

Although this large discrepancy may be explained by the fact that the authors focused on unchallenged and suspicious claims (which seems to be their preferred explanation), an alternative hypothesis is that there is a large amount of confirmation bias in the Drosophila immunity literature, either because attempts to replicate previous findings tend to reach similar results due to researcher bias, or because results that validate previous findings are more likely to be published.

Both explanations are plausible (and, not being an expert in the field, I'd have a hard time estimating their relative probability), and in the absence of prospective replication of a systematic sample of claims - which could determine whether the replication rate for a random sample of claims is as high as that observed in the literature -, both should be considered in the manuscript.

(2) The fact that the analysis of factors correlating with reproducibility includes both prospective and retrospective replications also leads to the possibility of confusion bias in this analysis. If most of the challenged claims come from the authors' prospective replications, while most of the verified ones come from those that were replicated by the literature, it becomes unclear whether the identified factors are correlated with actual reproducibility of the claims or with the likelihood that a given claim will be tested by other authors and that this replication will be published.

(3) The methods are very brief for a project of this size, and many of the aspects in determining whether claims were conceptually replicated and how replications were set up are missing.

Some of these - such as the PubMed search string for the publications and a better description of the annotation process - are described in the companion article, but this could be more explicitly stated. Others, however, remain obscure. Statements such as "Claims were cross-checked with evidence from previous, contemporary and subsequent publications and assigned a verification category" summarize a very complex process for which more detail should be given - in particular because what constitutes inferential reproducibility is not a self-evident concept. And although I appreciate that what constitutes a replication is ultimately a case-by-case decision, a general description of the guidelines used by the authors to determine this should be provided. As these processes were done by one author and reviewed by another, it would also be useful to know the agreement rates between them to have a general sense of how reproducible the annotation process might be.

The same gap in methods descriptions holds for the prospective replications. How were labs selected, how were experimental protocols developed, and how was the validity of the experiments as a conceptual replication assessed? I understand that providing the methods for each individual replication is beyond the scope of the article, but a general description of how they were developed would be important.

(4) As far as I could tell, the large-scale analysis of the replication results was not preregistered, and many decisions seem somewhat ad hoc. In particular, the categorization of journals (e.g. low impact, high impact, "trophy") and universities (e.g. top 50, 51-100, 101+) relies on arbitrary thresholds, and it is unclear how much the results are dependent on these decisions, as no sensitivity analyses are provided.

Particularly, for analyses that correlate reproducibility with continuous variable (such as year of publication, impact factor or university ranking, I'd strongly favor using these variables as continuous variables in the analysis (e.g. using logistic regression) rather than performing pairwise comparisons between categories determined by arbitrary cutoffs. This would not only reduce the impact of arbitrary thresholds in the analysis, but would also increase statistical power in the univariate analyses (as the whole sample can be used in at once) and reduce the number of parameters in the multivariate model (as they will be included as a single variable rather than multiple dummy variables when there are more than two categories).

(5) The multivariate model used to investigate predictors of replicability includes unchallenged claims along with verified ones in the outcome, which seems like an odd decision. If the intention is to analyze which factors are correlated with reproducibility, it would make more sense to remove the unchallenged findings, as these are likely uninformative in this sense. In fact, based on the authors' own replications of unchallenged findings, they may be more likely to belong the "challenged" category than to the "unchallenged" one if they were to be verified.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

Lemaitre et al. conducted an analysis of 400 publications in the Drosophila immunity field (1959-2011), performing both univariable and multivariable analyses to identify factors that correlate with or influence the irreproducibility of scientific claims. Some of the findings are unexpected, for instance, neither the career stage of the PI nor that of the first author appears to matter that much, while others, such as the influence of institutional prestige or publication in "trophy journals," are more predictable. The results provide valuable insight into patterns of irreproducibility in academia and may help inform policies to improve research reproducibility in the field.

Strengths:

This study is based on a large, manually curated dataset, complemented by a companion paper (Westlake et al., 2025. DOI 10.1101/2025.07.07.663442) that provides additional details on experimentally documented cases. The statistical methods are appropriate, and the findings are both important and informative. The results are clearly presented and supported by accessible documentation through the ReproSci project.

Weaknesses:

The analysis is limited to a specific field (immunity) and model system (Drosophila). Since biological context may influence reproducibility -- for example, depending on whether mechanisms are more hardwired or variable -- and the model system itself may contribute to these effects (as the authors note), it remains unclear to what extent these findings generalize to other fields or organisms. The authors could expand the discussion to address the potential scope and limitations of the study's generalizability.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

Summary:

The authors of this paper were trying to identify how reproducible, or not, their subfield (Drosophilia immunity) was since its inception over 50 years ago. This required identifying not only the papers, but the specific claims made in the paper, assessing if these claims were followed up in the literature, and if so whether the subsequent papers supported or refuted the original claim. In addition to this large manually curated effort, the authors further investigated some claims that were left unchallenged in the literature by conducting replications themselves. This provided a rich corpus of the subfield that could be investigated into what characteristics influence reproducibility.

Strengths:

A major strength of this study is the focus on a subfield, the detailing of identifying the main, major, and minor claims - which is a very challenging manual task - and then cataloging not only their assessment of if these claims were followed up in the literature, but also what characteristics might be contributing to reproducibility, which also included more manual effort to supplement the data that they were able to extract from the published papers. While this provides a rich dataset for analysis, there is a major weakness with this approach, which is not unique to this study.

Weaknesses:

The main weakness is relying heavily on the published literature as the source for if a claim was determined to be verified or not. There are many documented issues with this stemming from every field of research - such as publication bias, selective reporting, all the way to fraud. It's understandable why the authors took this approach - it is the only way to get at a breadth of the literature - however the flaw with this approach is it takes the literature as a solid ground truth, which it is not. At the same time, it is not reasonable to expect the authors to have conducted independent replications for all of the 400 papers they identified. However, there is a big difference trying to assess the reproducibility of the literature by using the literature as the 'ground truth' vs doing this independently like other large-scale replication projects have attempted to do. This means the interpretation of the data is a bit challenging.

Below are suggestions for the authors and readers to consider:

(1) I understand why the authors prefer to mention claims as their primary means of reporting what they found, but it is nested within paper, and that makes it very hard to understand how to interpret these results at times. I also cannot understand at the high-level the relationship between claims and papers. The methods suggest there are 3-4 major claims per paper, but at 400 papers and 1,006 claims, this averages to ~2.5 claims per paper. Can the authors consider describing this relationship better (e.g., distribution of claims and papers) and/or considering presenting the data two ways (primary figures as claims and complimentary supplementary figures with papers as the unit). This will help the reader interpret the data both ways without confusion. I am also curious how the results look when presented both ways (e.g., does shifting to the paper as the unit of analysis shift the figures and interpretation?). This is especially true since the first and last author analysis shows there is varying distribution of papers and claims by authors (and thus the relationship between these is important for the reader).

(2) As mentioned above, I think the biggest weakness is that the authors are taking the literature at face value when assigning if a claim was validated or challenged vs gathering new independent evidence. This means the paper leans more on papers, making it more like a citation analysis vs an independent effort like other large-scale replication projects. I highly recommend the authors state this in their limitations section.

On top of that, I have questions that I could not figure out (though I acknowledge I did not dig super deep into the data to try). The main comment I have is How was verified (and challenged) determined? It seems from the methods it was determined by "Claims were cross-checked with evidence from previous, contemporary and subsequent publications and assigned a verification category". If this is true, and all claims were done this way - are verified claims double counted then? (e.g., an original claim is found by a future claim to be verified - and thus that future claim is also considered to be verified because of the original claim).

Related, did the authors look at the strength of validation or challenged claims? That is, if there is a relationship mapping the authors did for original claims and follow-up claims, I would imagine some claims have deeper (i.e., more) claims that followed up on them vs others. This might be interested to look at as well.

(3) I recommend the authors add sample sizes when not present (e.g., Fig 4C). I also find that the sample sizes are a bit confusing, and I recommend the authors check them and add more explanation when not complete, like they did for Fig 4A. For example, Fig 7B equals to 178 labs (how did more than 156 labs get determined here?), and yet the total number of claims is 996 (opposed to 1,006). Another example, is why does Fig 8B not have all 156 labs accounted for? (related to Fig 8B, I caution on reporting a p value and drawing strong conclusions from this very small sample size - 22 authors). As a last example, Fig 8C has al 156 labs and 1,006 claims - is that expected? I guess it means authors who published before 1995 (as shown in Figure 8A continued to publish after 1995?) in that case, it's all authors? But the text says when they 'set up their lab' after 1995, but how can that be?

(4) Finally, I think it would help if the authors expanded on the limitations generally and potential alternative explanations and/or driving factors. For example, the line "though likely underestimated' is indicated in the discussion about the low rate of challenged claims, it might be useful to call out how publication bias is likely the driver here and thus it needs to be carefully considered in the interpretation of this. Related, I caution the authors on overinterpreting their suggestive evidence. The abstract for example, states claims of what was found in their analysis, when these are suggestive at best, which the authors acknowledge in the paper. But since most people start with the abstract, I worry this is indicating stronger evidence than what the authors actually have.

The authors should be applauded for the monumental effort they put into this project, which does a wonderful job of having experts within a subfield engage their community to understand the connectiveness of the literature and attempt to understand how reliable specific results are and what factors might contribute to them. This project provides a nice blueprint for others to build from as well as leverage the data generated from this subfield, and thus should have an impact in the broader discussion on reproducibility and reliability of research evidence.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

One of the roadblocks in PfEMP1 research has been the challenges in manipulating var genes to incorporate markers to allow the transport of this protein to be tracked and to investigate the interactions taking place within the infected erythrocyte. In addition, the ability of Plasmodium falciparum to switch to different PfEMP1 variants during in vitro culture has complicated studies due to parasite populations drifting from the original (manipulated) var gene expression. Cronshagen et al have provided a useful system with which they demonstrate the ability to integrate a selectable drug marker into several different var genes that allows the PfEMP1 variant expression to be 'fixed'. This on its own represents a useful addition to the molecular toolbox and the range of var genes that have been modified suggests that the system will have broad application. As well as incorporating a selectable marker, the authors have also used selective linked integration (SLI) to introduce markers to track the transport of PfEMP1, investigate the route of transport and probe interactions with PfEMP1 proteins in the infected host cell.

One of the major strengths of this paper is that the authors have not only put together a robust system for further functional studies, but they have used it to produce a range of interesting findings including:

Co-activation of rif and var genes when in a head-to-head orientation.

The reduced control of expression of var genes in the 3D7-MEED parasite line.

More support for the PTEX transport route for PfEMP1.<br /> Identification of new proteins involved in PfEMP1 interactions in the infected erythrocyte, including some required for cytoadherence.

In most cases the experimental evidence is straightforward, and the data support the conclusions strongly. The authors have been very careful in the depth of their investigation, and where unexpected results have been obtained, they have looked carefully at why these have occurred.

A weakness of the paper is, as mentioned above, that the results are sometimes not as clear as might have been expected, for example, in the requirement for panning modified parasites to produce binding to EPCR. Where this has happened, the authors take a robust and thoughtful approach, and acknowledge that (as in most research) there are more questions to address. Being able to select specific var gene switches using drug markers will provide some useful starting points to understand how switching happens in P. falciparum. However, our trypanosome colleagues might remind us that forcing switches may show us some mechanisms, but perhaps not all.

Despite these sometimes complicated findings, the authors have achieved their aim as stated in the title of the paper, and in doing so have provided an excellent resource to themselves and other researchers in the field to answer some important questions.

Overall, the authors have produced a useful and robust system to support functional studies on PfEMP1, which provides a platform for future studies manipulating the domain content in var genes. They have used this system to produce a range of interesting findings and to support its use by the research community.

Comments on revisions:

I have no further recommendations for changes by the authors. They have addressed my concerns, and the paper reads very well.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary

Croshagen et al develop a range of tools based on selection-linked integration (SLI) to study PfEMP1 function in P. falciparum. PfEMP1 is encoded by a family of ~60 var genes subject to mutually exclusive expression. Switching expression between different family members can modify the binding properties of the infected erythrocyte while avoiding the adaptive immune response. Although critical to parasite survival and Malaria disease pathology, PfEMP1 proteins are difficult to study owing to their large size and variable expression between parasites within the same population. The SLI approach previously developed by this group for genetic modification of P. falciparum is employed here to selectively and stably activate expression of target var genes at the population level. Using this strategy, the binding properties of specific PfEMP1 variants were measured for several distinct var genes with a novel semi-automated pipeline to increase throughput and reduce bias. Activation of similar var genes in both the common lab strain 3D7 and the cytoadhesion competent FCR3/IT4 strain revealed higher binding for several PfEMP1 IT4 variants with distinct receptors, indicating this strain provides a superior background for studying PfEMP1 binding. SLI also enables modifications to target var gene products to study PfEMP1 trafficking and identify interacting partners by proximity-labeling proteomics, revealing two novel exported proteins required for cytoadherence. Overall, the data demonstrate a range of SLI-based approaches for studying PfEMP1 that will be broadly useful for understanding the basis for cytoadhesion and parasite virulence.

Comments:

While the capability of SLI to active selected var gene expression was initially reported by Omelianczyk et al., the present study greatly expands the utility of this approach. Several distinct var genes are activated in two different P. falciparum strains and shown to modify the binding properties of infected RBCs to distinct endothelial receptors; development of SLI2 enables multiple SLI modifications in the same parasite line; SLI is used to modify target var genes to study PfEMP1 trafficking and determine PfEMP1 interactomes with BioID. Along the way, the authors also demonstrate a new selection marker for P. falciparum transfection (a mutant FNT lactate transporter that provides resistance to the compound BH267.meta). Curiously, Omelianczyk et al activated a single var (Pf3D7_0421300) and observed elevated expression of an adjacent var arranged in a head to tail manner, possibly resulting from local chromatin modifications enabling expression of the neighboring gene. In contrast, the present study observed activation of neighboring genes with head to head but not head to tail arrangement, which may be the result of shared promoter regions. The reason for these differing results is unclear although it should be noted that the two studies examined different var loci.

The IT4var19 panned line that became binding-competent showed increased expression of both paralogs of ptp3 (as well as a phista and gbp), suggesting that overexpression of PTP3 may improve PfEMP1 display and binding. Interestingly, IT4 appears to be the only known P. falciparum strain (only available in PlasmoDB) that encodes more than one ptp3 gene (PfIT_140083100 and PfIT_140084700). PfIT_140084700 is almost identical to the 3D7 PTP3 (except for a ~120 residue insertion in 3D7 beginning at residue 400). In contrast, while the C-terminal region of PfIT_140083100 shows near perfect conservation with 3D7 PTP3 beginning at residue 450, the N-terminal regions between the PEXEL and residue 450 are quite different. This may indicate the generally stronger receptor binding observed in IT4 relative to 3D7 results from increased PTP3 activity due to multiple isoforms or that specialized trafficking machinery exists for some PfEMP1 proteins.

Revisions:

The authors thoughtfully addressed all the reviewer comments.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

Summary:

The submission from Cronshagen and colleagues describes the application of a previously described method (selection linked integration) to the systematic study of PfEMP1 trafficking in the human malaria parasite Plasmodium falciparum. PfEMP1 is the primary virulence factor and surface antigen of infected red blood cells and is therefore a major focus of research into malaria pathogenesis. Since the discovery of the var gene family that encodes PfEMP1 in the late 1990s, there have been multiple hypotheses for how the protein is trafficked to the infected cell surface, crossing multiple membranes along the way. One difficulty in studying this process is the large size of the var gene family and the propensity of the parasites to switch which var gene is expressed, thus preventing straightforward gene modification-based strategies for tagging the expressed PfEMP1. Here the authors solve this problem by forcing expression of a targeted var gene by fusing the PfEMP1 coding region with a drug selectable marker separated by a skip peptide. This enabled them to generate relatively homogenous populations of parasites all expressing tagged (or otherwise modified) forms of PfEMP1 suitable for study. They then applied this method to study various aspects of PfEMP1 trafficking.

Strengths:

The study is very thorough, and the data are well presented. The authors used SLI to target multiple var genes, thus demonstrating the robustness of their strategy. They then perform experiments to investigate possible trafficking through PTEX, they knockout proteins thought to be involved in PfEMP1 trafficking and observe defects in cytoadherence, and they perform proximity labeling to further identify proteins potentially involved in PfEMP1 export. These are independent and complimentary approaches that together tell a very compelling story.

Weaknesses:

(1) When the authors targeted IT4var19, they were successful in transcriptionally activating the gene, however they did not initially obtain cytoadherent parasites. To observe binding to ICAM-1 and EPCR, they had to perform selection using panning. This is an interesting observation and potentially provides insights into PfEMP1 surface display, folding, etc. However, it also raises questions about other instances in which cytoadherence was not observed. Would panning of these other lines have successfully selected for cytoadherent infected cells? Did the authors attempt panning of their 3D7 lines? Given that these parasites do export PfEMP1 to the infected cell surface (Figure 1D), it is possible that panning would similarly rescue binding. Likewise, the authors knocked out PTP1, TryThrA and EMPIC3 and detected a loss of cytoadhesion, but they did not attempt panning to see if this could rescue binding. The strong selection that panning exerts on parasite populations could result in selection of compensatory changes that enable cytoadherence, which could be very informative, although the analysis could potentially be quite complicated and beyond the scope of the current paper. Nonetheless, these are important concepts to consider when assessing these phenotypes.

(2) The authors perform a series of trafficking experiments to help discern whether PfEMP1 is trafficked through PTEX. While the results were not entirely definitive, they make a strong case for PTEX in PfEMP1 export. The authors then used BioID to obtain a proxiome for PfEMP1 and identified proteins they suggest are involved in PfEMP1 trafficking. However, it seemed that components of PTEX were missing from the list of interacting proteins. Is this surprising and does this observation shed any additional light on the possibility of PfEMP1 trafficking through PTEX? This warrants a comment or discussion.

Comments on revisions:

The authors have responded thoroughly and constructively to suggestions and comments in the initial review. I have no additional comments. This is a great contribution to the literature.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

This study resolves a cryo-EM structure of the GPCR, GPR30, in the presence of bicarbonate, which the author's lab recently identified as the physiological ligand. Understanding the ligand and the mechanism of activation is of fundamental importance to the field of receptor signaling. This solid study provides important insight into the overall structure and suggests a possible bicarbonate binding site.

Strengths:

The overall structure, and proposed mechanism of G-protein coupling are solid. Based on the structure, the authors identify a binding pocket that might accommodate bicarbonate. Although assignment of the binding pocket is speculative, extensive mutagenesis of residues in this pocket identifies several that are important to G-protein signaling. The structure shows some conformational differences with a previous structure of this protein determined in the absence of bicarbonate (PMC11217264). To my knowledge, bicarbonate is the only physiological ligand that has been identified for GPR30, making this study an important contribution to the field. However, the current study provides novel and important circumstantial evidence for the bicarbonate binding site based on mutagenesis and functional assays.

Weaknesses:

Bicarbonate is a challenging ligand for structural and biochemical studies, and because of experimental limitations, this study does not elucidate the exact binding site. Higher resolution structures would be required for structural identification of bicarbonate. The functional assay monitors activation of GPR30, and thus reports on not only bicarbonate binding, but also the integrity of the allosteric network that transduces the binding signal across the membrane. However, biochemical binding assays are challenging because the binding constant is weak, in the mM range.

The authors appropriately acknowledge the limitations of these experimental approaches, and they build a solid circumstantial case for the bicarbonate binding pocket based on extensive mutagenesis and functional analysis. However, the study does fall short of establishing the bicarbonate binding site.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

In this manuscript, "Cryo-EM structure of the bicarbonate receptor GPR30," the authors aimed to enrich our understanding of the role of GPR30 in pH homeostasis by combining structural analysis with a receptor function assay. This work is a natural development and extension of their previous work on Nature Communications (PMID: 38413581). In the current body of work, they solved the cryo-EM structure of the human GPR30-G-protein (mini-Gsqi) complex in the presence of bicarbonate ions at 3.15 Å resolution. From the atomic model built based on this map, they observed the overall canonical architecture of class A GPCR and also identified 3 extracellular pockets created by ECLs (Pockets A-C). Based on the polarity, location, size, and charge of each pocket, the authors hypothesized that pocket A is a good candidate for the bicarbonate binding site. To identify the bicarbonate binding site, the authors performed an exhaustive mutant analysis of the hydrophilic residues in Pocket A and analyzed receptor reactivity via calcium assay. In addition, the human GPR30-G-protein complex model also enabled the authors to elucidate the G-protein coupling mechanism of this special class A GPCR, which plays a crucial role in pH homeostasis.

Strengths:

As a continuation of their recent Nature Communications publication, the authors used cryo-EM coupled with mutagenesis and functional studies to elucidate bicarbonate-GPR30 interaction. This work provided atomic-resolution structural observations for the receptor in complex with G-protein, allowing us to explore its mechanism of action, and will further facilitate drug development targeting GPR30. There were 3 extracellular pockets created by ECLs (Pockets A-C). The authors were able to filter out 2 of them and hypothesized that pocket A was a good candidate for the bicarbonate binding site based on the polarity, location, and charge of each pocket. From there, the authors identified the key residues on GPR30 for its interaction with the substrate, bicarbonate. Together with their previous work, they mapped out amino acids that are critical for receptor reactivity.

Weaknesses:

When we see a reduction of a GPCR-mediated downstream signaling, several factors could potentially contribute to this observation: 1) a reduced total expression of this receptor due to the mutation (transcription and translation issue); 2) a reduced surface expression of this receptor due to the mutation (trafficking issue); and 3) a dysfunctional receptor that doesn't signal due to the mutation. In the current revision, based on the gating strategy, the surface expression of the HA-positive WT GPR30-expressing cells is only 10.6% of the total population, while the surface expression levels of the mutants range from 1.89% (P71A) to 64.4% (D111A). Combining this information with the functional readout in Figure 3F and G, as well as their previous work, the authors concluded that mutations at P71, E115, D125, Q138, C207, D210, and H307 would decrease bicarbonate responses. Among those sites,

E115, Q138, and H307 were from their previous Nature Comm paper.

Authors claim P71 and C207 make a structural-stability contribution, as their mutations result in a significant reduction in surface expression: P71A (1.89%) and C207A (2.71%). However, compared to 10.6% of the total population in the WT, (P71A is 17.8% of the WT, and C207A is 25.6% of the WT), this doesn't rule out the possibility that the mutated receptor is also dysfunctional: at 10 mM NaHCO3, RFU of WT is ~500, RFU of P71 and C207 are ~0.

The authors also interpret "The D125ECL1A mutant has lost its activity but is located on the surface" and only mention "D125 is unlikely to be a bicarbonate binding site, and the mutational effect could be explained due to the decreased surface expression". Again, compared to 10.6% of the total population in the WT, D125A (3.94%) is 37.2% of the WT. At 10 mM NaHCO3, the RFU of the WT is ~500, the RFU of D125 is ~0. This doesn't rule out the possibility that the mutated receptor is also dysfunctional. It is not clear why D125A didn't make it to the surface.

Other mutants that the authors didn't mention much in their text: D111A (64.4%, 607.5% of WT surface expression), E121A (50.4%, 475.5% of WT surface expression), R122 (41.0%, 386.8% of WT surface expression), N276A (38.9%, 367.0% of WT surface expression) and E218A (24.6%, 232.1% of WT surface expression) all have similar RFU as WT, although the surface expression is about 2-6 times more. On the other hand, Q215A (3.18%, 30% of WT surface expression) has similar RFU as WT, with only a third of the receptor on the surface.

Altogether, the wide range of surface expression across the different cell lines, combined with the different receptor function readouts, makes the cell functional data only partially support their structural observations.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

Summary

GPR30 responds to bicarbonate and plays a role in regulating cellular pH and ion homeostasis. However, the molecular basis of bicarbonate recognition by GPR30 remains unresolved. This study reports the cryo-EM structure of GPR30 bound to a chimeric mini-Gq in the presence of bicarbonate, revealing mechanistic insights into its G-protein coupling. Nonetheless, the study does not identify the bicarbonate-binding site within GPR30.

Strengths

The work provides strong structural evidence clarifying how GPR30 engages and couples with Gq.

Weaknesses

Several GPR30 mutants exhibited diminished responses to bicarbonate, but their expression levels were also reduced. As a result, the mechanism by which GPR30 recognizes bicarbonate remains uncertain, leaving this aspect of the study incomplete.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

This study presents a new Bayesian approach to estimate importation probabilities of malaria combining epidemiological data, travel history, and genetic data through pairwise IBD estimates. Importation is an important factor challenging malaria elimination, especially in low transmission settings. This paper focus on Magude and Matutuine, two districts in south Mozambique with very low malaria transmission. The results show isolation-by-distance in Mozambique, with genetic relatedness decreasing with distances larger than 100 km, and no spatial correlation for distances between 10 and 100 km. But again strong spatial correlation in distances smaller than 10 km. They report high genetic relatedness between Matutuine and Inhambane, higher than between Matutuine and Magude. Inhambane is the main source of importation in Matutuine, accounting for 63.5% of imported cases. Magude, on the other hand, shows smaller importation and travel rates than Matutuine, as it is a rural area with less mobility. Additionally, they report higher levels of importation and travel in the dry season, when transmission is lower. Also, no association with importation was found for occupation, sex and other factors. These data have practical implications for public health strategies aiming malaria elimination, for example, testing and treating travelers from Matutuine in the dry season.

Strengths:

The strength of this study relies in the combination of different sources of data - epidemiological, travel and genetic data - to estimate importation probabilities, the statistical analyses.

Weaknesses:

The authors recognize the limitations related to sample size and the biases of travel reports.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

Based on a detailed dataset, the authors present a novel Bayesian approach to classify malaria cases as either imported or locally acquired.

Strengths:

The proposed Bayesian approach for case classification is simple, well justified, and allows the integration of parasite genomics, travel history, and epidemiological data.

Weakness:

While the authors aim to classify cases as imported or locally acquired, the work lacks a quantification of the contribution of each case type to overall transmission.

Comments on revisions:

All my questions and concerns were satisfactorily addressed.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

This work provides a novel statistical model to identify imported malaria cases, which are an important challenge for elimination, particularly in low-transmission areas. This tool was applied in Plasmodium falciparum populations in Mozambique and determined differences in importation rates in 2 low-transmission districts in the South.

Strengths:

The study has several strengths, mainly the development of a novel Bayesian model that integrates genomic, epidemiological, and travel data to estimate importation probabilities. The results showed insights into malaria transmission dynamics, particularly identifying importation sources and differences in importation rates in Mozambique. Finally, the relevance of the findings is to suggest interventions focusing on the traveler population to support efforts for malaria elimination.

Weaknesses:

The study also has some limitations, although the authors have plans to address them. The sample collection was not representative of some provinces, and not all samples had sufficient metadata for the risk factor analysis. Additionally, the authors used a proxy for transmission intensity and assumed some other conditions to calculate the importation probability for specific scenarios. They plan to conduct a new sample collection and include monthly malaria incidence estimates in the future.

Comments on revisions:

- Delete "We added this text to the discussion" in line 302 (Discussion)<br /> - I recommend adding the plans to address limitations indicated in the Response to Reviewers document in the Discussion. This would really strengthen the limitation section.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

Colorectal cancer (CRC) is the third most common cancer globally and the second leading cause of cancer-related deaths. Colonoscopy and fecal immunohistochemical testing are among the early diagnostic tools that have significantly enhanced patient survival rates in CRC. Methylation dysregulation has been identified in the earliest stages of CRC, offering a promising avenue for screening, prediction, and diagnosis. The manuscript entitled "Early Diagnosis and Prognostic Prediction of Colorectal Cancer through Plasma Methylation Regions" by Zhu et al. presents that a panel of genes with methylation pattern derived from cfDNA (27 DMRs), serving as a noninvasive detection method for CRC early diagnosis and prognosis.

Strengths:

The authors provided evidence that the 27 DMRs pattern worked well in predicting CRC distant metastasis, and the methylation score remarkably increased in stages III-IV. Additionally, compared with the traditional tumor marker CEA, 27 DMRs prediction showed a superior sensitivity, highlighting the potential clinical application.

Weaknesses:

The major concerns are the design of DMRs screening, the relatively low sensitivity of this DMRs' pattern in detecting early-stage of CRC, the limited size of the cohorts, and the lack of comparison with the traditional diagnosis test.

Comments on revisions:

All my concerns have been cleared, and I have no further questions.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

In this study, the authors aimed to develop cfDNA markers for comprehensive diagnosis, metastatic assessment, and prognostic prediction of colorectal cancer (CRC). Through integrative analysis of public 450K DNA methylation datasets and in-house targeted bisulfite sequencing (BS-seq) data from CRC and paired normal tissues, as well as plasma samples, they identified a signature comprising 27 differentially methylated regions (DMRs). This signature was subsequently validated for three clinical applications: cancer detection, metastasis prediction, and prognosis assessment.

Strengths:

The 27-DMR signature demonstrates value for both diagnosis and prognosis of CRC. Additionally, the datasets generated in this study serve as a valuable resource for the research community.

Weaknesses:

The validation cohorts for cancer detection and metastasis prediction were relatively small, which may limit the generalizability of the findings. The cancer detection model's performance does not surpass some published methods or commercial products.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

Taylar Hammond and colleagues identified new regulators of the G1/S transition of the cell cycle. They did so by screening publicly available data from the Cancer Dependency Map and identified FAM53C as a positive regulator of the G1/S transition. Using biochemical assays they then show that FAM53 interacts with the DYRK1A kinase to inhibit its function. They show in RPE1 cells that loss of FAMC53 leads to a DYRK1A + P53-dependent cell cycle arrest. Combined inactivation of FAM53C and DYRK1A in a TP53-null background caused S-phase entry with subsequent apoptosis. Finally the authors assess the effect of FAM53C deletion in a cortical organoid model, and in Fam53c knockout mice. Whereas proliferation of the organoids is indeed inhibited, mice show virtually no phenotype.

The authors have revised the manuscript, and I respond here point-by-point to indicate which parts of the revision I found compelling, and which parts were less convincing. So the numbering is consistent with the numbering in my first review report.

(1) The p21 knockdowns are a valuable addition, and the claim that other p53 targets than p21 are involved in the FAMC53 RNAi-mediated arrest is now much more solid. Minor detail: if S4D is a quantification of S4C, it is hard to believe that the quantification was done properly (at least the DYRK1Ai conditions). Perhaps S4C is not the best representative example, or some error was made?

(2a) I appreciate the decision to remove the cyclin D1 phosphorylation data. A more nuanced model now emerges. It is not clear to me however why the Protein Simple immunoassay was used for experiments with RPE cells, and not the cortical organoids. Even though no direct claims are made based on the phospho-cyclin D data in Figure 5E+G, showing these data suggests that FAM53C deletion increases DYRK1A-mediated cyclin D1 phosphorylation. I find it tricky to show these data, while knowing now that this effect could not be shown in the RPE1 cells.<br /> (2b) The quantifications of the immunoassays are not convincing. In multiple experiments, the HSP90 levels vary wildly, which indicates big differences in protein loading if HSP90 is a proper loading control. This is for example problematic for the interpretation of figure 3F and S3I. The cyclin D1 "bands" look extremely similar between siCtrl and siFAM53C (Fig S3I), in fact the two series of 6 samples with different dosages of DYRK1Ai look seem an identical repetition of each other. I did not have to option to overlay them, but it would be important to check if a mistake was made here. The cyclin D1 signals aside, the change in cycD1/HSP90 ratios seems to be entirely caused by differences in HSP90 levels. Careful re-analysis of the raw data and more equal loading seem necessary. The same goes (to a lesser extent) for S3J+K.<br /> (2c) the new model in Fig S4L: what do the arrows at the right FAM53C and p53 that merge a point straight towards S-phase mean? They suggest that p53 (and FAM53C) directly promote S-phase progression, but most likely this is not what the authors intended with it.

(3) Clear; nicely addressed.

(4) Thank you for correcting.

(5) I appreciate that the authors are now more careful to call the IMPC analysis data preliminary. This is acceptable to me, but nevertheless, I suggest the authors to seriously consider taking this part entirely out. The risk of chance finding and the extremely skewed group sizes (as reviewer #2 had pointed out) hamper the credibility of this statistical analysis.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

The authors sought to identify new regulators of the G1/S transition by mining the Cancer Dependency Map (DepMap) co-dependency dataset. This analysis successfully identified FAM53C, a poorly characterized protein, as a candidate. The strength of the paper lies in this initial discovery and the subsequent biochemical work convincingly showing that FAM53C can directly interact with the kinase DYRK1A, a known cell cycle regulator.

The authors then present evidence, primarily from acute siRNA knockdown in RPE-1 cells, that loss of FAM53C induces a strong G1 cell cycle arrest. Their follow-up investigation proposes a model where FAM53C normally inhibits DYRK1A, thereby protecting Cyclin D from degradation and preventing p53 activation, to allow for G1/S progression. The authors have commendably addressed some concerns from the initial review: they have now demonstrated the G1 arrest using two independent siRNAs (an improvement over the initial pool), shown the effect in several additional cancer cell lines (U2OS, A549, HCT-116), and developed a more nuanced model that incorporates p53 activation, which helps to explain some of the complex data.

However, a central and critical weakness persists. The entire functional model is built upon the very strong G1 arrest phenotype observed in vitro following acute knockdown. This finding is in stark contrast to data from other contexts. As the authors note, the knockout of Fam53c in mice results in minimal phenotypes, and the DepMap data itself suggests the gene is largely non-essential in most cancer cell lines.

This major discrepancy creates two competing interpretations:

As the authors suggest, FAM53C has a critical role in the cell cycle, but its loss is rapidly masked by compensatory mechanisms in long-term knockout models (like iPSCs and mice) or in established cancer cell lines.

The strong acute G1 arrest is an experimental artifact of the siRNA-mediated knockdown, and not a true reflection of FAM53C's primary function.

The authors' new controls (using two individual siRNAs and showing the arrest is RB-dependent) make an off-target effect less likely, but they do not definitively rule it out. The gold-standard experiment to distinguish between these two possibilities-a rescue of the phenotype using an siRNA-resistant cDNA-has not been performed.

Because this key control is missing, the foundation of the paper's functional claims is not as solid as it needs to be. While the study provides an interesting and valuable new candidate for the cell cycle field to investigate, readers should be cautious in accepting the strength of FAM53C's role in the G1/S transition until this central discrepancy is definitively resolved.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

Summary:

In this study Hammond et al. investigated the role of Dual-specificity Tyrosine Phosphorylation regulated Kinase 1A (DYRK1) in G1/S transition. By exploiting Dependency Map portal, they identified a previously unexplored protein FAM53C as potential regulator of G1/S transition. Using RNAi, they confirmed that depletion of FAM53C suppressed proliferation of human RPE1 cells and that this phenotype was dependent on the presence protein RB. In addition, they noted increased level of CDKN1A transcript and p21 protein that could explain G1 arrest of FAM53C-depleted cells but surprisingly, they did not observe activation of other p53 target genes. Proteomic analysis identified DYRK1 as one of the main interactors of FAM53C and the interaction was confirmed in vitro. Further, they showed that purified FAM53C blocked the ability of DYRK1 to phosphorylate cyclin D in vitro although the activity of DYRK1 was likely not inhibited (judging from the modification of FAM53C itself). Instead, it seems more likely that FAM53C competes with cyclin D in this assay. Authors claim that the G1 arrest caused by depletion of FAM53C was rescued by inhibition of DYRK1 but this was true only in cells lacking functional p53. This is quite confusing as DYRK1 inhibition reduced the fraction of G1 cells in p53 wild type cells as well as in p53 knock-outs, suggesting that FAM53C may not be required for regulation of DYRK1 function. Instead of focusing on the impact of FAM53C on cell cycle progression, authors moved towards investigating its potential (and perhaps more complex) roles in differentiation of IPSCs into cortical organoids and in mice. They observed a lower level of proliferating cells in the organoids but if that reflects an increased activity of DYRK1 or if it is just an off-target effect of the genetic manipulation remains unclear. Even less clear is the phenotype in FAM53C knock-out mice. Authors did not observe any significant changes in survival nor in organ development but they noted some behavioral differences. Weather and how these are connected to the rate of cellular proliferation was not explored. In the summary, the study identified previously unknown role of FAM53C in proliferation but failed to explain the mechanism and its physiological relevance at the level of tissues and organism. Although some of the data might be of interest, in current form the data is too preliminary to justify publication.

Major comments:

(1) Whole study is based on one siRNA to Fam53C and its specificity was not validated. Level of the knock down was shown only in the first figure and not in the other experiments. The observed phenotypes in the cell cycle progression may be affected by variable knock-down efficiency and/or potential off target effects.

(2) Experiments focusing on the cell cycle progression were done in a single cell line RPE1 that showed a strong sensitivity to FAM53C depletion. In contrast, phenotypes in IPSCs and in mice were only mild suggesting that there might be large differences across various cell types in the expression and function of FAM53C. Therefore, it is important to reproduce the observations in other cell types.

(3) Authors state that FAM53C is a direct inhibitor of DYRK1A kinase activity (Line 203), however this model is not supported by the data in Fig 4A. FAM53C seems to be a good substrate of DYRK1 even at high concentrations when phosphorylations of cyclin D is reduced. It rather suggests that DYRK1 is not inhibited by FAM53C but perhaps FAM53C competes with cyclin D. Further, authors should address if the phosphorylation of cyclin D is responsible for the observed cell cycle phenotype. Is this Cyclin D-Thr286 phosphorylation, or are there other sites involved?

(4) At many places, information on statistical tests is missing and SDs are not shown in the plots. For instance, what statistics was used in Fig 4C? Impact of FAM53C on cyclin D phosphorylation does not seem to be significant. IN the same experiment, does DYRK1 inhibitor prevent modification of cyclin D?

(5) Validation of SM13797 compound in terms of specificity to DYRK1 was not performed.

(6) A fraction of cells in G1 is a very easy readout but it does not measure progression through the G1 phase. Extension of the S phase or G2 delay would indirectly also result in reduction of the G1 fraction. Instead, authors could measure the dynamics of entry to S phase in cells released from a G1 block or from mitotic shake off.

Comments to the revised manuscript:

In the revised version of the manuscript, authors addressed most of the critical points. They now include new data with depletion of FAM53C using single siRNAs that show small but significant enrichment of population of the G1 cells. This G1 arrest is likely caused by a combined effects on induction of p21 expression and decreased levels of cyclin D1. Authors observed that inhibition of DYRK1 rescued cyclin D1 levels in FAM53 depleted cells suggesting that FAM53C may inhibit DYRK1. This possibility is also supported by in vitro experiments. On the other hand, inhibition of DYRK1 did not rescue the G1 arrest upon depletion of FAM53C, suggesting that FAM53C may have also DYRK1-independent role in G1. Functional rescue experiments with cyclin D1 mutants and detection of DYRK1 activity in cells would be necessary to conclusively explain the function of FAM53C in progression through G1 phase but unfortunately these experiments were technically not possible. Knock out of FAM53C in iPSCs and in mice suggest that FAM53C may have additional functions besides the cell cycle control and/or that adaptation may have occurred in these model systems. Overall, the study implicated FAM53C in fine tuning DYRK1 activity in cells that may to some extent influence the progression through G1 phase. In addition, FAM53C may also have DYRK1 and cell cycle independent functions that remain to be addressed by future studies.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

Cotton et al. investigated the role of tusB in antibiotic tolerance in Yersinia pseudotuberculosis. They used the IP2226 strain and introduced appropriate mutations and complementation constructs. Assays were performed to measure growth rates, antibiotic tolerance, tRNA modification, gene expression and proteomic profiles. In addition, experiments to measure ribosome pausing and bioinformatic analysis of codon usage in ribosomal proteins provided in-depth mechanistic support for the conclusions.

Strengths:

The findings are consistent with the authors having uncovered new mechanistic insights into bacterial antibiotic tolerance mediated by reducing ribosomal protein abundance.

Weaknesses:

Since the WT strain grows faster than the tusB mutant, there is a question of how growth rate, per se, impacts some of the analysis done. The authors should address this issue. In addition, it may not be essential, but would analysis of another slow-growing mutant (in some other antibiotic tolerance pathway if available) serve as a good control in this context?

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

This study addresses a critical clinical challenge-bacterial antibiotic tolerance (a key driver of treatment failure distinct from genetic resistance)-by uncovering a novel regulatory role of the conserved s2U tRNA modification in Yersinia pseudotuberculosis. Its strengths are notable and lay a solid foundation for understanding phenotypic drug tolerance. The study is the first to link s2U tRNA modification loss to antibiotic tolerance, specifically targeting translation/transcription-inhibiting antibiotics (doxycycline, gentamicin, rifampicin). By establishing a causal chain - s2U deficiency → codon-specific ribosome pausing (at AAA/CAA/GAA) → reduced ribosomal protein translation → global translational suppression → tolerance - it expands the functional landscape of tRNA modifications beyond canonical translation fidelity, filling a gap in how RNA epigenetics shapes bacterial stress adaptation.

Strengths:

This study makes a valuable contribution to understanding tRNA modification-mediated antibiotic tolerance.

Weaknesses:

There are several limitations that weaken the robustness of the study's mechanistic conclusions. Addressing these gaps would significantly enhance its impact and translational potential.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

Summary:

In the manuscript of Cotten et al., the authors study the 2-thiolation of tRNA in bacterial antibiotic resistance. The wildtype organism, Yersinia pseudotuberculosis, downregulates 2-thiolation as a response to antibiotics targeting the ribosome. In this manuscript, the authors show that a knockout of tusB causes slower translation. They provide evidence on the mechanisms of the slowing by determining transcription and translation, ribosome profiling and performing codon-usage analysis. They successfully determined that 2 codons are drivers of the translation slowdown, and the data is highly conclusive. Technically, I have nothing to criticize.

Strengths:

All in all, the study is very well made, and the writing is clear and concise. It covers a wide array of state-of-the-art analyses to unravel the interplay of tRNA modifications in translation.

Weaknesses:

The only question that remains to be asked is why the slowed translation leads to a better survival of the bacteria under antibiotic stress. In my opinion, the mechanism itself remains unclear. Thus, the statement that "We expect that this reduction in ribosomal proteins is globally reducing the translational capacity of the cell and is responsible for inducing tolerance to ribosome and RNA polymerase-targeting antibiotics" does not truly emphasize the remaining open question of why slowed translation favors survival. Therefore, I would recommend a minor text revision.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

This unique study reports original and extensive behavioral data collected by the authors on 21 living mammal taxa in zoo conditions (primates, tree shrew, rodents, carnivorans, and marsupials) on how descent along a vertical substrate can be done effectively and securely using gait variables. Ten morphological variables reflecting head size and limb proportions are examined in relationship to vertical descent strategies and then applied to reconstruct modes of vertical descent in fossil mammals.

Strengths:

This is a broad and data-rich comparative study, which requires a good understanding of the mammal groups being compared and how they are interrelated, the kinematic variables that underlie the locomotion used by the animals during vertical descent, and the morphological variables that are associated with vertical descent styles. Thankfully, the study presents data in a cogent way with clear hypotheses at the beginning, followed by results and a discussion that addresses each of those hypotheses using the relevant behavioral and morphological variables, always keeping in mind the relationships of the mammal groups under investigation. As pointed out in the study, there is a clear phylogenetic signal associated with vertical descent style. Strepsirrhine primates much prefer descending tail first, platyrrhine primates descend sideways when given a choice, whereas all other mammals (with the exception of the raccoon) descend head first. Not surprisingly, all mammals descending a vertical substrate do so in a more deliberate way, by reducing speed, and by keeping the limbs in contact for a longer period (i.e., higher duty factors).

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

This paper contains kinematic analyses of a large comparative sample of small to medium-sized arboreal mammals (n = 21 species) traveling on near-vertical arboreal supports of varying diameter. This data is paired with morphological measures from the extant sample to reconstruct potential behaviors in a selection of fossil euarchontaglires. This research is valuable to anyone working in mammal locomotion and primate evolution.

Strengths:

The experimental data collection methods align with best research practices in this field and are presented with enough detail to allow for reproducibility of the study as well as comparison with similar datasets. The four predictions in the introduction are well aligned with the design of the study to allow for hypothesis testing. Behaviors are well described and documented, and Figure 1 does an excellent job in conveying the variety of locomotor behaviors observed in this sample. I think the authors took an interesting and unique angle by considering the influence of encephalization quotient on descent and the experience of forward pitch in animals with very large heads.

Comment from the Reviewing Editor on the revised version:

The authors responded to many comments of the reviewers, and I would be happy to see the authors make this version the Version of Record.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

The Revision title and abstract are not updated enough to distinguish the special niche piRNA clusters from the more prominent major dual strand piRNA clusters that are widely known in the field for Drosophila, like 42AB and 38C. This revision mainly adds the term "piRNA source loci (piSL)" that is too vague and not a well-accepted name that would distinguish just these particularly niche piRNA clusters from major dual strand piRNA clusters like 42AB and 38C. This piSL term is problematic because it seems to imply these piSL's are connected to or would eventually become major dual strand piRNA clusters, but there is zero evidence in this study for any genetic or evolutionary connection between these two distinct types of piRNA sources. This revision still lacks the necessary changes needed to point out like in the abstract that major dual strand piRNA clusters like 42AB, 38C, 80F, and 102F in Drosophila that make up the bulk of piRNAs cannot be shown to be impacted by changes aimed at depleting ADMA-histones from these loci, and the authors' current evidence is still only limited to showing in these few 'niche' piRNA clusters that ADMA-histones may exhibit a direct interaction with Rhino as supported only by the knockdown of Drosophila Art4.

The author's rebuttal letter argues that 42AB and 38C are just conserved piRNA clusters that may no longer be regulated by ADMA. This is still a weak claim for dismissing the potential genetic redundancy problem when this study can only report strong knockdown of Art4. First, the dual strand 42AB piRNA cluster's conservation as a Drosophilid piRNA cluster is actually still a relatively recent evolutionary innovation in just D.simulans and D.melanogaster that are less than 3MYA diverged. This 42AB cluster is no longer conserved in D.sechelia and is also younger than the uni-strand Flamenco piRNA cluster that is conserve to 7MYA. The evolutionary arguments by the authors are not well-grounded. Second, the 42AB and 38C are the largest major dual strand piRNA clusters with very significant localization of Rhino and impact from Rhino loss of function, and if this paper's central thesis is that ADMA-histones directed by Art1 or Art4 is critical for the expression of dual-strand piRNA cluster loci by impacting Rhino, the current data still remain weak with no new experiments to help bolster their claims.

The author's rebuttal letter argues that the challenges they faced in trying to knock down Art1 in the fly was thwarted by reagent issues, and the explanations are unsatisfactory. They claim they only tested two RNAi cross lines to try to knock down Art1: the strain BDSC #36891, y[1] sc[*] v[1] sev[21]; P{y[+t7.7], v[+t1.8]=TRiP.GL01072}attP2/TM3, Sb[1] that they said they could not obtain this strain to be alive from the stock center? And then testing an alternative line VDRC #v110391P{KK101196}VIE-260B that displayed mediocre knockdown, the authors seemed to suggest they have given up trying to make this very important experiment work? They should have tried to figure out with the BDSC, a venerable stock center for Drosophila genetic tools, why they could not receive that fly strain alive (shipping flies at the economy rate internationally may be cheaper but often is too strenuous for flies to survive), and the authors have not acknowledged testing two other available knockdown lines for Art1: BDSC #31348, y[1] v[1]; P{y[+t7.7] v[+t1.8]=TRiP.JF01306}attP2 dsRNA and VDRC #w1118 P{GD11959}v40388. Trying to get good knockdown of Art1 would be a critical must-have experiment to address whether this arginine methyltransferase has an in vivo impact on ADMA-histones in the Drosophila ovary and showing an impact on 42AB and 38C. The revision does not address this major deficiency in impact on these two major dual strand piRNA clusters, only the very few niche piRNA clusters that are responsive to Art4 knockdown.

The rebuttal letter argues that "Therefore, conserved clusters such as 42AB and 38C may no longer be regulated by ADMA." but then the revision discussion is still speculating much too wildly that the piRNA source loci are then precursors for the eventual large piRNA clusters of 42AB and 38C. This renaming of the term piRNA source loci and the model in Fig. 7C is still misleading because 42AB and 38C are the main largest dual-strand piRNA clusters, and the pictures depict the ADMA-histones as recruiting Rhino and then Kipferl at a piRNA cluster. The term "piRNA source loci" does not sound distinct enough to separate it from the main piRNA clusters of 42AB and 38C, and I had suggested calling them 'niche piRNA clusters' to denote they are very special and distinct to only be responsive to Drosophila Art4 knockdown.

In regards to the revision's changing of gene names, the convention for gene names is to use the previous name designation. Rather than calling the gene DART1, the conventional name of this gene in Flybase is Art1 (CG6554). There is the same problem with using the new name DART4 when in Flybase the gene is called Art4 (CG5358). Alternatively, the authors should clarify the re-naming up front and make it consistent with Drosophila genetics nomenclature, perhaps dArt1 or dArt4 would be more appropriate.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

Summary:

This study investigates how Rhino, a chromatin-associated HP1-family protein essential for germline piRNA biogenesis in Drosophila, is initially recruited to specific genomic loci. Although canonical dual-strand piRNA clusters such as 42AB, 38C, 80F, and 102F produce the majority of germline piRNAs, the mechanisms guiding Rhino to these regions remain poorly understood. To explore the earliest steps of Rhino loading, the authors use a doxycycline-inducible Rhino transgene in OSC cells, a system that expresses only the primary Piwi pathway and therefore provides an experimentally accessible, epigenetically naïve context distinct from the endogenous germline environment. Through a combination of inducible Rhino expression, knockdown of selected Drosophila PRMTs (DARTs), ChIP-seq, small RNA sequencing, and imaging, the authors propose that asymmetric arginine-methylated histones, particularly those deposited by DART4, contribute to defining initial sites of Rhino association. They identify a subset of Rhino-bound loci, termed DART4-dependent piRNA source loci (piSL), which lose Rhino, Kipferl, and piRNA production upon DART4 depletion and may represent nascent or transitional piRNA clusters. Overall, the study provides intriguing evidence for a link between ADMA histone marks and de novo Rhino recruitment, particularly in the simplified OSC context, and offers new candidate loci for further exploration of early piRNA-cluster chromatin dynamics.

Strengths:

This study offers important insights into how asymmetric dimethylarginine (ADMA) histone marks contribute to the initial recruitment of Rhino, a Drosophila HP1-family protein essential for dual-strand piRNA cluster specification. Using an integrative approach that includes ectopic expression of a Rhino transgene in OSC cells, germline knockdown of DART4 in Drosophila ovaries, ChIP-seq, small RNA-seq, and imaging, the authors show that ADMA marks particularly H3R17me2a and H4R3me2acorrelate with Rhino binding at the boundaries of canonical piRNA clusters and at DART4-dependent piRNA source loci (piSL). These piSL may represent nascent or transitional piRNA-generating regions. Overall, the dataset presented here provides a valuable resource for understanding the chromatin features associated with the emergence and maturation of piRNA clusters.

Weaknesses:

Despite the strengths of the study, several important limitations remain. Although Rhino binding correlates with ADMA-enriched boundaries, the data do not directly demonstrate that these histone marks are required for Rhino spreading, leaving the mechanistic relationship correlative rather than causal. The DART4-dependent piRNA source loci identified here produce only low levels of piRNAs, and their functional contribution remains uncertain. In addition, redundancy among DART family methyltransferases remains unresolved: only DART4 was tested in the germline, and effective knockdown of DART1 or other DARTs could not be achieved, limiting the ability to evaluate whether ADMA-histones more broadly regulate Rhino recruitment at canonical clusters. Consequently, the current dataset primarily supports DART4-dependent effects at a small subset of evolutionarily young loci, and both the model and the title may overstate the generality of this mechanism across the full repertoire of dual-strand piRNA clusters.

In conclusion, this study is carefully executed and puts forward compelling hypotheses regarding the early chromatin environment that may underlie piRNA cluster formation. The findings will be relevant to researchers interested in genome regulation, small RNA biology, and chromatin-mediated transposon control.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

Even though mutations in LRRK2 and GBA1 (which encodes the protein GCase) increase the risk of developing Parkinson's disease (PD), the specific mechanisms driving neurodegeneration remain unclear. Given their known roles in lysosomal function, the authors investigate how LRRK2 and GCase activity influence the exocytosis of the lysosomal lipid BMP via extracellular vesicles (EVs). They use fibroblasts carrying the PD-associated LRRK2-R1441G mutation and pharmacologically modulate LRRK2 and GCase activity.

Strengths:

The authors examine both proteins at endogenous levels, using MEFs instead of cancer cells. The study's scope is potentially interesting and could yield relevant insights into PD disease mechanisms.

Weaknesses:

Many of the authors' conclusions are overstated and not sufficiently supported by the data. Several statistical errors undermine their claims. Pharmacological treatment is very long, leading to potential off target effects. Additionally, the authors should be more rigorous when using EV markers.

Comments on revisions:

The authors have not addressed most of my concerns. For example, instead of trying with a 1-2 hour MLi2 treatment, they cited all the papers that use extremely long time points for LRRK2 inhibition; the fact that other groups do it does not mean it is biologically correct. They also refused to quantify their western blots in a proper manner, without the "hyper-normalization" claiming that it is an accepted way to quantify western blots. Again, it is statistically incorrect and biologically impossible. They also do not have a satisfactory explanation as to why the R1441G cells (which increase LRRK2 kinase activity) have no effect on EV release, but they still claim it is LRRK2 kinase activity dependent.

Overall, I am very confused by the model proposed by the authors. They only see increased EV release in the G2019S expressing cells, but not the R1441G cells, yet they claim that the increase of EV release is LRRK2 kinase activity dependent. Then, they claim that the presence of BMP (unchanged in R1441G vs CTL) in EVs is also LRRK2 kinase activity dependent. Finally, they perform TIRF with pHluorin-CD63 construct and observed an increase in G2019S cells vs CTL "further confirming that BMP release is associated with EV secretion". First, I could not see the increase in BMP release in G2019S cells (if I missed it, I apologize). And second, why didn't they do this experiment in R1441G cells? As, the R1441G cells have not displayed an increase in EV release compared to CTL cells, it could also be possible that the BMP release might be more abundant through lysosomal exocytosis (which could explain the pHluorin results) than EVs. Overall, the authors nicely demonstrate that the R1441G cells have more BMP species, likely due to increase CLN5 expression, but the release of the BMP is still not clear to this reviewer.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

In this paper, authors used MEFs expressing the R1441G mutant of leucine-rich repeat kinase 2 (LRRK2), a mutant associated with the early onset of Parkinson's disease. They report that in these cells LAMP2 fluorescence is higher but BMP fluorescence is lower, MVE size is reduced and that MVEs contain less ILVs. They also report that LAMP2-positive EVs are increased in mutant cells in a process sensitive to LRRK2 kinase inhibition but are further increased by glucocerebrosidase (GCase) inhibition, and that total di-22:6-BMP and total di-18:1-BMP are increased in mutant LRRK2 MEFs compared to WT cells by mass spectrometry. They also report that LRRK2 kinase inhibition partially restores cellular BMP levels, and that GCase inhibition further increased BMP levels, and that in EVs from the LRRK2 mutant, LRRK2 inhibition decreases BMP while GCase inhibition has the opposite effect. Moreover, they report that BMP increase is not due to increased BMP synthesis, although authors observe that CLN5 is increased in LRRK2 mutant cells. Finally, they report that GW4869 decreases EV release and exosomal BMP, while bafilomycin A1 increases EV release. They conclude that LRRK2 regulates BMP levels (in cells) and release (via EVs). They also conclude that the process is modulated by GCase in LRRK2 mutant cells, and that these studies may contribute to the use of BMP-positive EVs as a biomarker for Parkinson's disease and associated treatments.

Strengths:

This is a potentially interesting paper,. However, I had comments that authors needed to address to clarify some aspects of their study.

Weaknesses:

(1) The authors seem to have missed the point in their reply to my first comment. They mention the paper by Stuffers et al., who reports that endosome biogenesis continues without ESCRT. This is a nice paper, but it is irrelevant to the subject at hand. In my initial comment, I drew the author's attention to an apparent contradiction: higher LAMP2 staining in R1441G LRRK2 knock-in MEFs and yet smaller MVEs with a reduced surface area. LAMP2 being one of the major glycoproteins of MVE's limiting membrane, one would have expected lower LAMP2 staining if cells contain fewer and smaller MVEs. Authors now state that elevated LAMP2 expression in cells expressing R1441G reflects a cell type-specific effect (differential penetrance of LRRK2 signaling on lysosomal biogenesis), because amounts of LAMP1 and CD63 are similar in cells from LRRK2 G2019S PD patients and control cells (new Fig 7A-F). However, authors still conclude that LRRK2 modulates the lysosomal network, including LAMP2 and CLN5. Does it?

Similarly, the mass spec analysis of BMP (Fig S1H) does not support the data in Fig 1. Does this Table include all major isoforms found in these cells? If so, the dominant isoform is by far the di-18:1 isoform in wt and R1441G cells (at least 10X more abundant than other isoforms). Now, di-18:1-BMP is roughly 4X more abundant in R1441G cells when compared to wt cells, while BMP is reduced by half in R1441G cells (light microscopy in Fig 1). Authors argue that light microscopy may only detects a so-called antibody accessible pool. What is this? And why would this pool decrease in R1441G cells when LAMP2 is higher? Alternatively, they argue that the anti-BMP antibody may be less specific and detect other analytes. As I had already mentioned, this makes no sense, since the observed signal is lower and not higher. If authors do not trust their light microscopy analysis, why show the data?

(2) Cells contain 3 LAMP2 isoforms. Which one is upregulated and/or secreted in exosomes?

(3) The new Fig S4A is far from convincing. How were cells fractionated and what are the gradients (not described in Methods)? CD63 (presumably endolysosomes) is spread over fractions 8 - 13. LRRK2 (fractions 8-9) does not copurify with CD63. The bulk of LRRK2 is at the bottom (presumably cytosol if this is a floatation gradient), and a minor fraction moves into the gradient. CLN5 is even less clear since the bulk is also at the bottom with a tiny fraction only between LRRK2 and CD63. Also, why do authors conclude that a considerable pool of newly synthesized CLN5 did not reach its final destination at the endolysosome and may instead be retained in the ER? Where is the ER on the gradient?

(4) Fig S4B shows blots of whole cell lysates from CTRL and LRRK2 mutant-derived fibroblasts: 6 lanes are shown but without captions, containing varying amounts of calnexin and CD63. In addition, the blots look very dirty. Where is CD63? Is it the minor band at ≈37 kD (as in Fig S4A)? Or the major band below the 50kD marker? What are the other bands on these blots? As a result, the quantification shown in the bar graph does not mean much.

(5) The cell content of 18.1-BMP is increased approx. 5X by BafA1 (Fig 6C) but amounts of 18.1-BMP secreted in EVs hardly changes (Fig 6E). Since BMP is mostly present as 18.1 isoform (22:6-BMP being only a minor species, Fig S1H), does it mean that BafA1 does not increase BMP secretion and/or only a minor fraction of total cellular BMP is secreted in exosomes?

Comments on revisions:

How come 0.2 mmol/L of 22:6 and 18:1 fatty acid both correspond to 65 µg/mL (Fig 4A)?

It is stated in the Legend of Fig4 that long (B-C) and short (D) chase time points are shown as fold change. There is no panel D in the figure.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

Marchand et al. seek to understand how basement membrane (BM) is initially assembled around developing vasculature (and by extension basement membrane assembly generally progresses). To do this, they use an established cell culture system that is amenable to advanced microscopy techniques, including high-resolution fluorescence imaging and atomic force microscopy. This allows them to produce very high-quality imaging data that includes both protein localization and matrix topography in 3D. They show that fibronectin (FN) is remodeled as collagen IV (Col IV) assembles. Lysyl oxidase-like-2 (LOXL2) is needed for this process, and without it, BM does not form correctly, cells cannot adhere to BM, and cells also don't correctly form junctions with other cells.

Detailed Review:

The authors provide quantitative measures of BM fibril assembly at the earliest timepoints. They show two phases of growth - initial deposition, elongation, and interconnection of short fibers; the second is a significant thickening. As the BM forms, FN is immediately associated with filaments, but laminin and Col IV are not associated with fibers as detected by AFM. LOXL2 is associated with fibers, similar to FN. At a later time point, Col IV becomes associated with fibers, but laminin never does. Likely FN templates LOXL2, which crosslink Col IV into fibrils over time. Could the authors comment on how this data fits with in vivo data from model organisms? Also, I would like to know if they can uncouple LOXL2 from the FN matrix? Could you express a mutated form of LOXL2 that cannot interact with FN but still is able to crosslink Col IV?)

Depletion of LOXL2 supports this mechanism. Without it, Col IV and FN are uncoupled and accumulate as large aggregates rather than a complex fibrous network. Further, long-term thickening/growth of the fibronectin network is inhibited, indicating LOXL2 and/or the Col IV network positively reinforces fibronectin assembly. (Does LOXL2 directly act on FN, or is this effect dependent on Col IV? The nature of the molecular interactions between COL IV, LOXL2, and FN will be an important future research area.)

Next, Marchand et al. ask if failure to produce mature BM (induced by LOXL2 depletion) has consequences for underlying cells. They demonstrate a clear shift in the orientation of actin towards a linear alignment, and similarly, cells change shape from round to very elongated. Cell junctions also shifted to a linear arrangement in LOXL2 depletion. This fits with the known balance between cell-ECM and cell-cell adhesion. The changes in actin network and cell shape/adhesion correlate with a change in B1 integrin localization upon LOXL2 depletion. B1 integrin colocalized with sparse early FN fibers, but was absent from large FN aggregates that occur if LOXL2 is depleted. Similar reorganization of integrin adhesion components (FAK, Vinc, Pax). Clearly, there is feedback between BM assembly and cell junction organization. But I think the authors might emphasize to the reader that this normally reinforces the epithelial fate of these cells. It's less a balance and more like a tipping point. (Related to this section, I could not read Figure 4C graphs unless I enlarged them to 300%.)

Finally, they culture cells on micro groove plates, with or without LOXL2. The grooved substrate can orient the cells, and they show this is superseded by BM once it assembles. Without LOXL2 cells on micro-grooved substrates become disorganized, similar to their observation on flat surfaces (elongated cells, linear actin, etc.). This demonstrates a switch from external topographical cues to self-generated BM. This is consistent with the idea of reorganizing junctions to produce a stable epithelial tube. I was very interested in their 3D culture. The effect of BM assembly on tube diameter makes sense. But how does BM assembly support complex capillary functions like branching? (Can they force branching with targeted mutations that decouple integrin from the BM?) Is this a question of change to cell fate? (Are other remodeling enzymes activated after initial BM assembly that could support growth and/or branching?)

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

The manuscript entitled "Adaptation of endothelial cells to microenvironment 1 topographical cues through lysyl oxidase like-2-mediated basement membrane scaffolding" by Marchand et al., aims to determine the impact of LOXL2 on the dynamic formation of vascular basement membranes (BMs).

Strengths:

This manuscript includes a nice combination of different methods and presents the results in an appropriate manner.

Furthermore, the results clearly demonstrate an impact of LOXL2 on collagen IV-fibronectin organization and topography. Finally, the proper arrangement of collagen IV-fibronectin impacts cell alignment.

Weaknesses:

An open question for this reviewer is what the real take-home message of the present study is? Can the authors deliver novel insight into BM formation transferable to the in vivo situation? Why do the authors not see a "real" BM? Could it be that in vivo endothelial cells do not build the vascular BM alone? Thus, are additional cell types needed? And what will happen then if LOXL2 expression is altered?

Major comments:

(1) Can the authors show that LOXL2 cross-links fibronectin and collagen IV?

(2) The authors stated that LOXL2 depletion affects cytoskeleton arrangements and cell shape. Could it be that this is simply a secondary effect mediated primarily through the altered cross-linking of fibronectin and collagen IV?

(3) Can the authors perform cell adhesion studies on CDMs derived from wild-type versus LOXL2-deficient cells?

(4) Line 226-230: Can the authors provide the proliferation data of wildtype and LOXL2-depleted cells supporting their Src and Akt activity findings?

(5) Line 298-299: The authors made a statement about laminin. Can the authors think of a co-culture of wild-type versus LOXL2-depleted endothelial cells in combination with pericytes or fibroblasts, as these cells contribute to the efficient assembly of a functional vascular basement membrane (10.1182/blood-2009-05-222364). Here, you can determine the impact of altered fibronectin-collagen IV cross-linking on laminin network formation. This will affect their conclusion in lines 299-304, as these facts are solely based on endothelial cells.

(6) Suggestion: can the authors supplement recombinant LOXL2 protein in its active version to the LOXL2-depleted endothelial cells to rescue the observed changes? And further compare LOXL2 enzymatic function with LOXL2 protein harbouring Zn instead of Cu, making it enzymatic inactive. Here, the authors might be able to strengthen their hypothesis that LOXL2 might bridge fibronectin and collagen IV or link both proteins.

(7) There are grammatical errors in the manuscript that the authors should work on.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

This important study shows that basement membrane (BM) generation is a key event mediating cell 3D organization in response to microenvironmental cues. Such a mechanism participates in the endothelial cell capacity to organize into a capillary vessel segment through the shift of interactions with the interstitial ECM to interactions with vascular BM. This is particularly important for the developing, sprouting vasculature. The authors conclusively show, using TIRF and atomic force microscopy substantiated by 3D sprouting assays, that the lysyl oxidase Loxl2 plays a key role herein. With respect to translation into clinical practice, the dysregulation of adherens junctions and barrier properties associated with Loxl2 dysfunction mediated defects in BM supports its involvement in the progression of long-term microvascular diseases.

An outstanding question not answered in the current MS is how Loxl2 integrates into the Dll4-Notch mediated control of tip-stalk-phalanx cell differentiation in the developing (embryonic) vasculature. The authors focused a lot on Loxl2 loss of function; however, in a (patho)physiological context, Loxl2 gain of function would be relevant. Loxl2 is a hypoxia target and Loxl2 accumulates in the ECM upon hypoxic stress (as occurs during ischemic CVD, stroke/heart infarct). It would be interesting to know how Loxl2 gain-of-function impacts BM assembly, endothelial behavior, mechanosensing, and vessel angiogenic remodeling.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

The authors utilize genetic code expansion to tag TDP-43 and G3BP1, and evaluate this protein tagging system (ANAP) compared to antibodies, and evaluate protein trafficking and stress granule formation in response to stress with sodium arsenite treatment. They find similar staining to antibodies in HeLa cells, mouse embryonic stem cells, and primary mouse cortical neurons. This is a useful study that demonstrates the utility of ANAP tagging to evaluate ALS proteins.

Strengths:

Rescue of cell survival by ANAP-tagged TDP-43 is compelling

Weaknesses:

While the ANAP-tagged proteins had similar distributions to antibody staining, there were some discrepancies that may be more explained by the technique than by novel findings, as the authors suggested. The inclusion of additional controls to evaluate this would be helpful.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

In this manuscript, Chen and colleagues describe a novel means of labeling two RNA-binding proteins, G3BP1 and TDP-43, using genetic code expansion. Overexpressed constructs that incorporate the intrinsically-fluorescent non-canonical amino acid Anap redistribute to cytoplasmic granules upon application of external stressors such as sodium arsenite. Similar labeling and redistribution of overexpressed G3BP1 and TDP-43 were observed in cultures of mouse primary neurons.

Strengths:

Genetic code expansion and non-canonical amino acid labeling have quite a few advantages over traditional fusion proteins for tracking protein redistribution in living cells. The authors show that they are able to label exogenous G3BP1 and TDP-43 with the non-canonical amino acid Anap and follow labeled proteins in living cells with and without stress.

Weaknesses:

The authors do not convincingly leverage the advantages of genetic code expansion in the current study. There is no specific question posed by the authors that can be or is answered using this approach, and several of the experiments lack critical controls. This is also not the first example of TDP-43 labeling by genetic code expansion (see PMID: 38290242). As a result, the study as a whole adds little to our understanding of protein trafficking and behavior under stress.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

Egawa et al describe the developmental timeline of the assembly of nodes of Ranvier in the chick brainstem auditory circuit. In this unique system, the spacing between nodes varies significantly in different regions of the same axon from early stages, which the authors suggest is critical for accurate sound localization. Egawa et al set out to determine which factors regulate this differential node spacing. They do this by using immunohistological analyses to test the correlation of node spacing with morphological properties of the axons, and properties of oligodendrocytes, glial cells that wrap axons with the myelin sheaths that flank the nodes of Ranvier. They find that axonal structure does not vary significantly, but that oligodendrocyte density and morphology varies in the different regions traversed by these axons, which suggests this is a key determinant of the region-specific differences in node density and myelin sheath length. They also find that differential oligodendrocyte density is partly determined by secreted neuronal signals, as (presumed) blockage of vesicle fusion with tetanus toxin reduced oligodendrocyte density in the region where it is normally higher. Based on these findings, the authors propose that oligodendrocyte morphology, myelin sheath length, and consequently nodal distribution are primarily determined by intrinsic oligodendrocyte properties rather than neuronal factors such as activity.

Significance:

In our view the study tackles a fundamental question likely to be of interest to a specialized audience of cellular neuroscientists. This descriptive study is suggestive that in the studied system, oligodendrocyte density determines the spacing between nodes of Ranvier, but further manipulations of oligodendrocyte density per se are needed to test this convincingly.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

Summary:

The authors have investigated the myelination pattern along the axons of chick avian cochlear nucleus. It has already been shown that there are regional differences in the internodal length of axons in the nucleus magnocellularis. In the tract region across the midline, internodes are longer than in the nucleus laminaris region. Here the authors suggest that the difference in internodal length is attributed to heterogeneity of oligodendrocytes. In the tract region oligodendrocytes would contribute longer myelin internodes, while oligodendrocytes in the nucleus laminaris region would synthesize shorter myelin internodes. Not only length of myelin internodes differs, but also along the same axon unmyelinated areas between two internodes may vary. This is an interesting contribution since all these differences contribute to differential conduction velocity regulating ipsilateral and contralateral innervation of coincidence detector neurons. However, the demonstration falls rather short of being convincing.

Significance:

The authors suggest that the difference in internodal length is attributed to heterogeneity of oligodendrocytes. In the tract region oligodendrocytes would contribute longer myelin internodes, while oligodendrocytes in the nucleus laminaris region would synthesize shorter myelin internodes. Not only length of myelin internodes differs, but also along the same axon unmyelinated areas between two internodes may vary. This is an interesting contribution since all these differences contribute to differential conduction velocity regulating ipsilateral and contralateral innervation of coincidence detector neurons.

Editors' note: The authors have written an effective rebuttal to the previous round of reviews.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

The authors attempted to clarify the impact of N protein mutations on ribonucleoprotein (RNP) assembly and stability using analytical ultracentrifugation (AUC) and mass photometry (MP). These complementary approaches provide a more comprehensive understanding of the underlying processes. Both SV-AUC and MP results consistently showed enhanced RNP assembly and stability due to N protein mutations.<br /> The overall research design appears well planned, and the experiments were carefully executed.

Strengths:

SV-AUC, performed at higher concentrations (3 µM), captured the hydrodynamic properties of bulk assembled complexes, while MP provided crucial information on dissociation rates and complex lifetimes at nanomolar concentrations. Together, the methods offered detailed insights into association states and dissociation kinetics across a broad concentration range. This represents a thorough application of solution physicochemistry.

Weaknesses:

Unlike AUC, MP observes only a part of solution. In MP, bound molecules are accumulated on the glass surface (not dissociated) thus concentration in solution should change as time develops. How does such concentration change impact the result shown here?

Comments on revisions:

The response from the authors is appropriate and reasonable.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

In this manuscript, the authors apply a variety of biophysical and computational techniques to characterize the effects of mutations in the SARS-CoV-2 N protein on the formation of ribonucleoprotein particles (RNPs). They find convergent evolution in multiple repeated independent mutations strengthening binding interfaces, compensating for other mutations that reduce RNP stability but which enhance viral replication.

Strengths:

The authors assay the effects of a variety of mutations found in SARS-CoV-2 variants of concern using a variety of approaches, including biophysical characterization of assembly properties of RNPs, combined with computational prediction of the effects of mutations on molecular structures and interactions. The findings of the paper contribute to our increasing understanding of the principles driving viral self-assembly, and increases the foundation for potential future design of therapeutics such as assembly inhibitors.

Weaknesses:

For the most part, the paper is well-written, the data presented support the claims made, and the arguments made easy to follow. However, I believe that parts of the presentation could be substantially improved. I found portions of the text to be overly long and verbose and likely could be substantially edited; the use of acronyms and initialisms is pervasive, making parts of the exposition laborious to follow; and portions of the figures are too small and difficult to read/understand.

Comments on revisions:

The authors have adequately addressed all of my concerns.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

Summary:

This manuscript investigates how mutations in the SARS-CoV-2 nucleocapsid protein (N) alter ribonucleoprotein (RNP) assembly, stability, and viral fitness. The authors focus on mutations such as P13L, G214C, G215C combining biophysical assays (SV-AUC, mass photometry, CD spectroscopy, EM), VLP formation, and reverse genetics. They propose that SARS-CoV-2 exploits "fuzzy complex" principles, where distributed weak interfaces in disordered regions allow both stability and plasticity, with measurable consequences for viral replication.

Strengths:

* The paper demonstrates a comprehensive integration of structural biophysics, peptide/protein assays, VLP systems, and reverse genetics.

* Identification of both de novo (P13L) and stabilizing (G214C/G215C) interfaces provides a mechanistic insight into RNP formation.

* Strong application of the "fuzzy complex" framework to viral assembly, showing how weak/disordered interactions support evolvability, is a significant conceptual advance in viral capsid assembly.

* Overall, the study provides a mechanistic context for mutations that have arisen in major SARS-CoV-2 variants (Omicron, Delta, Lambda) and a mechanistic basis for how mutations influence phenotype via altered biomolecular interactions.

Weaknesses:

The weaknesses are shared via detailed comments to follow.

Comments on revisions:

The authors have addressed the criticisms of the original manuscript satisfactorily.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

Cai et al have investigated the role of msiCAT-tailed mitochondrial proteins that frequently exist in glioblastoma stem cells. Overexpression of msiCAT-tailed mitochondrial ATP synthase F1 subunit alpha (ATP5) protein increases the mitochondrial membrane potential and blocks mitochondrial permeability transition pore formation/opening. These changes in mitochondrial properties provide resistance to staurosporine (STS)-induced apoptosis in GBM cells. Therefore, msiCAT-tailing can promote cell survival and migration, while genetic and pharmacological inhibition of msiCAT-tailing can prevent the overgrowth of GBM cells.

Strengths:

The CATailing concept has not been explored in cancer settings. Therefore, the present provides new insights for widening the therapeutic avenue.

Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

This work explores the connection between glioblastoma, mito-RQC, and msiCAT-tailing. They build upon previous work concluding that ATP5alpha is CAT-tailed and explore how CAT-tailing may affect cell physiology and sensitivity to chemotherapy. The authors conclude that when ATP5alpha is CAT-tailed, it either incorporates into the proton pump or aggregates and that these events dysregulate MPTP opening and mitochondrial membrane potential and that this regulates drug sensitivity. This work includes several intriguing and novel observations connecting cell physiology, RQC, and drug sensitivity. This is also the first time this reviewer has seen an investigation of how a CAT tail may specifically affect the function of a protein.

Comment from the Reviewing Editor:

The revisions made the work more valuable and convincing. The authors adequately made point-by-point response to the reviewers comments by providing new data. Image acquisition and data analysis were further clarified. NEMF knockdown experiments and additional control data for ATP5α featuring a poly-glycine-serine (GS) tail support their conclusion.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

This study uses a new 'hidden multivariate pattern method' to parse in time and space the neural events intervening between stimulus and response in an immediately-reported perceptual decision, and use the resultant neural event timing information to show quite convincingly that Pieron's and Fechner's laws can apply in concert at distinct processing levels.

They designed a clever contrast comparison paradigm in which the contrast difference is kept constant while widely manipulating mean contrast, so that sensory encoding of the overall stimulus would be boosted with increasing mean contrast, whereas decision difficulty and hence duration would increase. With this, they found that the time intervening between early sensory-evoked components, up to an 'N200'-type component associated with launching the decision process, varies inversely with contrast according to Pieron's law. Meanwhile, the time intervals running up to neural events peaking near the time of response, consistent with decision termination, increases with contrast, fitting Fechner's law. Further, a diffusion model whose drift rates are scaled by Fechner's law, fit to RT, predicts the observed proportion of correct responses very well.

In the process of review and revision it was highlighted that presumably the full sequence of neural events intervening between stimulus and response is massively task dependent, but;

(1) The method is intended to capture all key components that specifically covary with RT, as opposed to each and every component in general, and

(2) The main conclusions of the study mentioned above do not change whether the method is set up to track three neural events, or five, as was done in the final analysis.

The propensity for topographic parsing algorithms to potentially lump-together distinct processes that partially co-evolve was acknowledged, but a key clarification in review was that even though the method entails a specification of neural event duration - which was changed from 50 to 25 ms - the success of the method is not strongly contingent on the actual underlying neural events in question having that very duration - indeed, the components extracted using that short template duration can be observed to evolve over a longer time frame associated with the Fechner diffusion process.

Notably, standard average event-related potential analysis was able to show expected amplitude effects - where sensory signals increased with contrast but decision signals decreased - but assessment of the by-trial distribution of their timings was grealy aided by the HMP method.

One of the stages of processing implicated in the parsing analysis was linked to attention orientation, and the authors speculate on whether this might reflect a spatially-selective deployment of attention or a resource allocation, but sensibly refrain from speculating too far since the focus here was on the sensory and decision process durations and their respective adherence to Pieron and Fechner's laws.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

The authors decomposed response times into component processes and manipulated the duration of these processes in opposing directions by varying contrast, and overall by manipulating speed-accuracy tradeoffs. They identify different processes and their durations by identifying neural states in time and validate their functional significance by showing that their properties vary selectively as expected with predicted effects of the contrast manipulation. They identify 4 processes: stimulus encoding, attention orienting, decision and motor execution. These map onto 5 classical event related potentials. The decision-making component matched the CPP and its properties varied with contrast and predicted decision-accuracy.

Strengths:

The design of the experiment is remarkable and offers crucial insights. The analyses techniques are beyond-state-of-the art and the analyses are well motivated and offer clear insights.

Weaknesses:

The number of identified events depends on the parameter setting of the analysis. While the authors discuss weaknesses of the approach this needs to be made explicit as well. It is also unclear to what extent topographies map onto processes since e.g., different combinations of sources can lead to the same scalp topography.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

Summary:

In this manuscript the authors examine the processing stages involved in perceptual decision-making using a new approach to analysing EEG data, combined with a critical stimulus manipulation. This new EEG analysis method enables single-trial estimates of the timing and amplitude of transient changes in EEG time-series recurrent across trials in a behavioural task. The authors find evidence for five events between stimulus onset and the response in a two-spatial-interval visual discrimination task. By analysing the timing and amplitude of these events in relation to behaviour and the stimulus manipulation, the authors interpret these events as related to separable processing stages for stimulus encoding (first two events), attention orientation (second event), motor planning (fourth event) and decision (deliberation, final event). This is largely consistent with previous findings from both event-related potentials (across trials) and single-trial estimates using decoding techniques and neural network approaches. However, by taking a data-driven approach (as opposed to theory-driven decoding analyses) a more nuanced picture emerges: there are several stimulus encoding steps which may contribute differently to behaviour, and decision processes extend beyond the planning of the motor response.

Strengths:

This work is not only important for the conceptual advance, but also in promoting this new analysis technique, which will likely prove useful in future research. For the broader picture, this work is an excellent example of the utility of neural measures for mental chronometry.

Weaknesses:

Though beyond the scope of this manuscript, these results should be considered within the broader decision-making literature, where task or domain-specific processes may not generalise (for example, in value-based decision-making).

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

The authors report the results of a tDCS brain stimulation study (verum vs sham stimulation of left DLPFC; between-subjects) in 46 participants, using an intense stimulation protocol over 2 weeks, combined with an experience-sampling approach, plus follow-up measures after 6 months.

Strengths:

The authors are studying a relevant and interesting research question using an intriguing design, following participants quite intensely over time and even at a follow-up time point. The use of an experience-sampling approach is another strength of the work.

Weaknesses:

There are quite a few weaknesses, some related to the actual study and some more strongly related to the reporting about the study in the manuscript. The concerns are listed roughly in the order in which they appear in the manuscript.

(1) In the introduction, the authors present procrastination nearly as if it were the most relevant and problematic issue there is in psychology. Surely, procrastination is a relevant and study-worthy topic, but that is also true if it is presented in more modest (and appropriate) terms. The manuscript mentions that procrastination is a main cause of psychopathology and bodily disease. These claims could possibly be described as 'sensationalized'. Also, the studies to support these claims seem to report associations, not causal mechanisms, as is implied in the manuscript.

(2) It is laudable that the study was pre-registered; however, the cited OSF repository cannot be accessed and therefore, the OSF materials cannot be used to (a) check the preregistration or to (b) fill in the gaps and uncertainties about the exact analyses the authors conducted (this is important because the description of the analyses is insufficiently detailed and it is often unclear how they analyzed the data).

(3) Related to the previous point: I find it impossible to check the analyses with respect to their appropriateness because too little detail and/or explanation is given. Therefore, I find it impossible to evaluate whether the conclusions are valid and warranted.

(4) Why is a medium effect size chosen for the a priori power analysis? Is it reasonable to assume a medium effect size? This should be discussed/motivated. Related: 18 participants for a medium effect size in a between-subjects design strikes me as implausibly low; even for a within-subjects design, it would appear low (but perhaps I am just not fully understanding the details of the power analysis).

(5) It remains somewhat ambiguous whether the sham group had the same number of stimulation sessions as the verum stimulation group; please clarify: Did both groups come in the same number of times into the lab? I.e., were all procedures identical except whether the stimulation was verum or sham?

(6) The TDM analysis and hyperbolic discounting approach were unclear to me; this needs to be described in more detail, otherwise it cannot be evaluated.

(7) Coming back to the point about the statistical analyses not being described in enough detail: One important example of this is the inclusion of random slopes in their mixed-effects model which is unclear. This is highly relevant as omission of random slopes has been repeatedly shown that it can lead to extremely inflated Type 1 errors (e.g., inflating Type 1 errors by a factor of then, e.g., a significant p value of .05 might be obtained when the true p value is .5). Thus, if indeed random slopes have been omitted, then it is possible that significant effects are significant only due to inflated Type 1 error. Without more information about the models, this cannot be ruled out.

(8) Related to the previous point: The authors report, for example, on the first results page, line 420, an F-test as F(1, 269). This means the test has 269 residual degrees of freedom despite a sample size of about 50 participants. This likely suggests that relevant random slopes for this test were omitted, meaning that this statistical test likely suffers from inflated Type 1 error, and the reported p-value < .001 might be severely inflated. If that is the case, each observation was treated as independent instead of accounting for the nestedness of data within participants. The authors should check this carefully for this and all other statistical tests using mixed-effects models.

(9) Many of the statistical procedures seem quite complex and hard to follow. If the results are indeed so robust as they are presented to be, would it make sense to use simpler analysis approaches (perhaps in addition to the complex ones) that are easier for the average reader to understand and comprehend?

(10) As was noted by an earlier reviewer, the paper reports nearly exclusively about the role of the left DLPFC, while there is also work that demonstrates the role of the right DLPFC in self-control. A more balanced presentation of the relevant scientific literature would be desirable.

(11) Active stimulation reduced procrastination, reduced task aversiveness, and increased the outcome value. If I am not mistaken, the authors claim based on these results that the brain stimulation effect operates via self-control, but - unless I missed it - the authors do not have any direct evidence (such as measures or specific task measures) that actually capture self-control. Thus, that self-control is involved seems speculation, but there is no empirical evidence for this; or am I mistaken about this? If that is indeed correct, I think it needs to be made explicit that it is an untested assumption (which might be very plausible, but it is still in the current study not empirically tested) that self-control plays any role in the reported results.

(12) Figures 3F and 3H show that procrastination rates in the active modulation group go to 0 in all participants by sessions 6 and 7. This seems surprising and, to be honest, rather unlikely that there is absolutely no individual variation in this group anymore. In any case, this is quite extraordinary and should be explicitly discussed, if this is indeed correct: What might be the reasons that this is such an extreme pattern? Just a random fluctuation? Are the results robust if these extreme cells are ignored? The authors remove other cells in their design due to unusual patterns, so perhaps the same should be done here, at least as a robustness check.

(13) The supplemental materials, unfortunately, do not give more information, which would be needed to understand the analyses the authors actually conducted. I had hoped I would find the missing information there, but it's not there.

In sum, the reported/cited/discussed literature gives the impression of being incomplete/selectively reported; the analyses are not reported sufficiently transparently/fully to evaluate whether they are appropriate and thus whether the results are trustworthy or not. At least some of the patterns in the results seem highly unlikely (0 procrastination in the verum group in the last 2 observation periods), and the sample size seems very small for a between-subjects design.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

Chen and colleagues conducted a cross-sectional longitudinal study, administering high-definition transcranial direct stimulation targeting the left DLPFC to examine the effect of HD-tDCS on real-world procrastination behavior. They find that seven sessions of active neuromodulation to the left DLPFC elicited greater modulation of procrastination measures (e.g., task-execution willingness, procrastination rates, task aversiveness, outcome value) relative to sham. They report that tDCS effects on task-execution willingness and procrastination are mediated by task outcome value and claim that this neuromodulatory intervention reduces procrastination rates quantified by their task. Although the study addresses an interesting question regarding the role of DLPFC on procrastination, concerns about the validity of the procrastination moderate enthusiasm for the study and limit the interpretability of the mechanism underlying the reported findings.

Strengths:

(1) This is a well-designed protocol with rigorous administration of high-definition transcranial direct current stimulation across multiple sessions. The approach is solid and aims to address an important question regarding the putative role of DLPFC in modulating chronic procrastination behavior.

(2) The quantification of task aversiveness through AUC metrics is a clever approach to account for the temporal dynamics of task aversiveness, which is notoriously difficult to quantify.

Weaknesses:

(1) The lack of specificity surrounding the "real-world measures" of procrastination is problematic and undermines the strength of the evidence surrounding the DLPFC effects on procrastination behavior. It would be helpful to detail what "real-world tasks" individuals reported, which would inform the efficacy of the intervention on procrastination performance across the diversity of tasks. It is also unclear when and how tasks were reported using the ESM procedure. Providing greater detail of these measures overall would enhance the paper's impact.

(2) Additionally, it is unclear whether the reported effects could be due to differential reporting of tasks (e.g., it could be that participants learned across sessions to report more achievable or less aversive task goals, rather than stimulation of DLPFC reducing procrastination per se). It would be helpful to demonstrate whether these self-reported tasks are consistent across sessions and similar in difficulty within each participant, which would strengthen the claims regarding the intervention.

(3) It would be helpful to show evidence that the procrastination measures are valid and consistent, and detail how each of these measures was quantified and differed across sessions and by intervention. For instance, while the AUC metric is an innovative way to quantify the temporal dynamics of task-aversiveness, it was unclear how the timepoints were collected relative to the task deadline. It would be helpful to include greater detail on how these self-reported tasks and deadlines were determined and collected, which would clarify how these procrastination measures were quantified and varied across time.

(4) There are strong claims about the multi-session neuromodulation alleviating chronic procrastination, which should be moderated, given the concerns regarding how procrastination was quantified. It would also be helpful to clarify whether DLPFC stimulation modulates subjective measures of procrastination, or alternatively, whether these effects could be driven by improved working memory or attention to the reported tasks. In general, more work is needed to clarify whether the targeted mechanisms are specific to procrastination and/or to rule out alternative explanations.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

This manuscript explores whether high-definition transcranial direct current stimulation (HD-tDCS) of the left DLPFC can reduce real-world procrastination, as predicted by the Temporal Decision Model (TDM). The research question is interesting, and the topic - neuromodulation of self-regulatory behavior - is timely.

However, the study also suffers from a limited sample size, and sometimes it was difficult to follow the statistics.

The preregistration and ecological design (ESM) are commendable, but I was not able the find the preregistration, as reported in the paper.

Overall, the paper requires substantial clarification and tightening.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

This paper is a comprehensive review of perturbation studies and the state-dependence of the brain's response to perturbation at the circuit, mesoscale, and macroscale levels.

Strengths:

The strengths of the paper are the thorough description of many perturbation studies at different levels of organization, and the integration of both experimental and modeling studies. The review clearly communicates the need to consider (1) brain or local-population state, and (2) multiple levels of organization, in order to understand perturbation responses. Another major strength is the ability for the reader to reproduce figures using the EBRAINS platform.

Weaknesses:

Two major points of improvement should be resolved with the review, in order to make it useful for a broad audience.

The first is that the review does not include a significant integration across scales, and as a result, reads like three separate (though comprehensive) reviews. Currently, the only integration across the scales is in the brief conclusion paragraph. I would recommend adding an additional section, in which the overarching picture is discussed. (i.e. a unifying view of state dependence, and what is learned by considering across scales). This need not be too long, but it should be longer than a single conclusion paragraph.

The second major weakness is that there is a lack of clarity on many points throughout, which is needed for the reader to fully understand the results described.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

In this review article, the authors discuss the whole-brain activity changes induced by brain stimulation. They review the literature on how these activity changes depend on the cognitive state of the brain and divide the results by the scale of the change being induced, from microscale changes across small groups of neurons, up to macroscale changes across the entire brain. Finally, they describe attempts to model these changes using computational models.

Strengths:

The review provides an overview of the results within this subfield of neuroscience, and the authors are able to discuss a lot of prior results. The framing of the changes in neuronal activity in terms of computational changes is also a helpful approach.

Weaknesses:

However, the authors are not able to contextualize these results within a single framework, i.e. explaining from first principles how different aspects of stimulus-induced changes interact to generate functional changes in the brain, and how different changes - at distinct spatiotemporal scales - combine to form larger effects. This is a significant weakness in generating a review of the literature, since the authors do not provide a cohesive conceptual framework on which to frame the results. Similarly, the authors do not explain how their different computational models fit together, and how one can get a singular computational understanding of the distinct mechanisms of brain activity changes due to stimulation under different brain states, by combining the results derived from each separate model.

Major Comments:

(1) The authors have written this review as if it were intended for an audience who is already familiar with the topics. For example, they introduce concepts like complexity, spiral vs planar waves, without much explanation.

(2) Regarding complexity, the authors present a quantification termed PCI. However, in the associated box, they state that PCI could be implemented in a number of different ways, using analogous metrics (which are, nonetheless, not identical). Yet the authors simply claim that all these metrics are sufficiently similar to be grouped together as "PCI". The authors do not provide much intuition about this, and they also don't present any other potential quantifications. This makes any interpretation of their results strongly dependent on your understanding of the concept of PCI. It would be helpful to present some other, analogous metric to demonstrate that the results that the authors are focusing on are not somehow tied to the specific computational structure of the PCI metric.

(3) The authors divide the review into sections organized by the spatial extent of the effects that they are exploring (e.g. from microscale to macroscale). However, they don't bring together these insights into a cohesive structure - for example, by providing potential explanations of the macroscale effects by using the microscale changes.

(4) The authors completely ignore any aspect of cell-type specificity in their review, despite the known importance of specific cell types at the microcircuit scale. This makes it difficult to map their results onto the true biological system.

(5) The authors introduce several different computational models, such as the Hopf model, the AdEx model, and the MPR model. However, they do not provide the reader with a conceptual understanding of the structure of each of these models (except through potentially more complex terminology, e.g. the Hopf model is a "phenomenological Stuart-Landau nonlinear oscillator"). Additionally, though they present the results of each simulation, they don't provide the reader with intuition about how these models compare against each other, and how best to interpret results derived from each model.

(6) In several cases, the authors make statements that they appear to believe to be completely straightforward (and require no justification), but that do not appear so to the reader. For example, they mention: "In wakefulness and REM sleep, ..., the membrane potential is depolarized and close to the spike threshold, which explains why neurons respond more reliably and with less response variability compared with slow-wave sleep". However, this statement is not obvious to the reader and requires explanation (for example, in a system that is close to balance, bringing cells closer to the firing threshold can result in increased response jitter).

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

In the paper, the authors review literature on synchronous activity, its relationship to brain state, and the multi-scale mechanisms underlying it.

Strengths:

The overall strength of the paper is the wide range of information reviewed, and the diversity of perspectives/approaches it brings together.

Weaknesses:

However, this strength is also the source of its major weaknesses - namely, that the overall structure lacks clarity, and there are inconsistencies throughout. Overall, in the opinion of this reviewer, the manuscript reads as disorganized and incomplete. Major and minor points are delineated below.

Major points:

(1) Most of the text in many figures was too small to read.

(2) Terminology is inconsistent throughout the manuscript. What is the difference between slow oscillations and delta waves? Sometimes the term slow waves is used instead. For sleep state, sometimes the term SWS is used, sometimes non-REM. Similarly, "spindle activity" is not defined, but simply stated as if the reader knows. This brings up two issues: (a) the manuscript should be clearer and more consistent about its terminology, and (b) it's unclear who is the intended readership of the review - is it a pedagogical review for people outside the field of sleep and slow oscillations, or is it meant to be a consensus statement for readers who are already in the field in which a pressing concern has been addressed? It seems part way between these two, and as a result, is ineffective at either goal.

(3) I suggest the authors look again at the overall structure and flow of the review... many sections feel redundant, and it's unclear how they fit together into a single review.

(4) There are many speculative statements in the review that are not justified or explained sufficiently for the reader. For example: "While highly regular slow waves in vivo suggest a single mechanism of generation, namely local cortical circuits, irregular cycles are compatible with a larger role of subcortical nuclei, ..."; "The involvement of different cortical areas and subcortical nuclei can form the basis of these different roles in memory.". For these statements, I assume the relationship between slow wave statistics, subcortical nuclei, and memory either has been written about before, and then should be cited and summarized, or is a novel claim of the authors, which then should be explained and defended rather than stated. There are other similar examples, and I suggest the authors go through the manuscript and make sure that it's clear what is a novel claim of the authors vs a cited claim, and make sure that both are sufficiently justified for the reader.

(5) An especially notable example can be found in the section on the role of the thalamus, where the authors state that they "hold that slow oscillations are fundamentally cortical". However, this section is far too short, and very little evidence is provided to back up this claim. Please review the ways in which the thalamus modulates, and, e.g., ways in which up-down is similar/different without the thalamus.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

In this review article, the authors discuss the correlated dynamical states associated with distinct cognitive states, including those associated with anesthesia and sleep. They present evidence that these states are primarily cortically generated, and demonstrate the properties of these dynamical states at different levels, from the microscale dynamics in individual neurons to the macroscale dynamics across the brain.

Strengths:

Multiple groups have been adding to this field over the past decades, and therefore, a review of this literature is very helpful. This review collates a large amount of the literature within this field into a single document, which should make it a valuable resource within this area of neuroscience.

Weaknesses:

Unfortunately, this review does not seem to be a balanced viewpoint of the field in question. Although there are a lot of authors in the review, it feels as if they are from a common school of thought. The authors provide only a single perspective on these dynamical states, focusing on the perspective of wave-like electrical dynamics across the cortex. Their perspective is embedded in methods such as EEG and LFP recordings. This makes the work hard to interpret outside of the field in which the authors reside. Indeed, the review seems intended for a more specialized audience.

In addition, the article reads more like a catalog of prior studies as opposed to a true synthesis across the large volume of data in this field that highlights links across multiple sources. Hence, it does not seem to provide a novel way of understanding the dynamics involved in cognitive state transitions.

We have included more details on these general comments below:

Major Comments:

(1) The authors have written this review as if it were intended for an audience who is already familiar with these topics. They do not define many of the terms that they introduce within the review, including concepts like complexity, metastability, and oscillations that are fundamental to the concepts that the authors are introducing. Though these may seem like first principles concepts to the authors, they often introduce assumptions that may be unfamiliar to the general reader. For example, are slow wave oscillations periodic? A naïve reader may assume that oscillations - characterized by their frequency - should be somewhat periodic, but that is often not the case. For a journal with a general biological science readership, it would be particularly helpful for each of these terms to be formally defined and characterized.

(2) It would be helpful for the authors to reframe their work in different perspectives and to incorporate all the literature on the dynamics of cortical brain states, and not simply the work that is most familiar to them. As one example, the authors do not discuss cell-type-specific changes in brain state during anesthesia and in altered states of consciousness (including dissociative states and hallucinatory states). There is recent work in this vein (Suzuki and Larkum, 2020; Vesuna et al, 2020; Bharioke, Munz et al, 2023), and yet the authors do not discuss these papers.

(3) Given the authors' clear, extensive knowledge of their field, it would also be extremely helpful for the authors to reframe fundamental concepts in terms of neuronal population activity, trajectory analyses, etc. This would enable a more general audience to better understand their work.

(4) The authors have one section focused on thalamic contributions to cortical wave-like activity. This is a cursory treatment of a subject that is quite controversial in the field. It would be helpful if the authors could provide a more balanced consideration of all the evidence regarding potential thalamocortical interactions and their role in wave-like activity.

(5) The authors present many computational models and describe the results of simulations with these different models. However, this doesn't provide the reader with intuition about what each model adds or removes from the true biological picture. It would be helpful for the authors to provide some intuition about the assumptions and constraints that underlie each model.

(6) The authors state that "The main mechanism [of slow oscillatory dynamics] consists of a combination of two ingredients: the recurrent connectivity, which maintains the excitability in the network, and adaptation, an activity-dependent fatigue variable that provides inhibitory feedback". They make this statement as a fact, yet they don't provide much justification for it. Additionally, it's not clear that any other possible combination of ingredients would be able to produce slow oscillatory dynamics.

(7) The authors often define one concept in terms of other equally complex concepts. For example: "EIA (excitatory-inhibitory with adaptation) cortical circuits then display the typical slow-fast dynamics of relaxation oscillators". The reader would need an explanation of slow-fast dynamics and relaxation oscillators to understand this line, neither of which is provided in the text.

(8) When discussing sleep, the authors do not discuss REM sleep, focusing on slow-wave non-REM sleep. It would be helpful if the authors could at least frame the full sleep cycle and discuss why they are focusing on one part of it.

(9) The authors introduce the concept of sleep spindles without any explanation.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

This report demonstrates that the gene expression output of the Wnt pathway, when controlled precisely by a synthetic light-based input, depends substantially on the frequency of stimulation. The particular frequency-dependent trend that is observed - anti-resonance, a suppression of target gene expression at intermediate frequencies given a constant duty cycle - is a novel aspect that has not been clearly shown before for this or other signaling pathways. The paper provides both clear experimental evidence of the phenomenon with engineered cellular systems and a model-based analysis of how the pairing of rate constants in pathway activation/deactivation could result in such a trend.

Strengths:

This report couples in vitro experimental data with an abstracted mathematical model. Both of these approaches appear to be technically sound and to provide consistent and strong support for the main conclusion. The experimental data are particularly clear, and the demonstration that Brachyury expression is subject to anti-resonance in ESCs is particularly compelling. The modeling approach is reasonably scaled for the system at the level of detail that is needed in this case, and the hidden variable analysis provides some insight into how the anti-resonance works.

In this revised manuscript, the authors have addressed issues in presentation and in discussing the broader relevance of their study to other pathways. Other limitations of the paper, including the fact that the anti-resonance phenomenon has not yet been demonstrated using physiological Wnt ligands and that the model has not been validated using experimental manipulations to establish that the mechanisms of the cell system and the model are the same, were deemed out of the scope of this initial demonstration by both the reviewers and authors. These questions will provide an interesting basis for further studies.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

By combining optogenetics with theoretical modelling the authors identify an anti-resonance behavior in the WnT signaling pathway. This behavior is manifested as a minimal response at a certain stimulation frequency. Using an abstracted hidden variable model, the authors explain their findings by a competition of timescales. Furthermore, they experimentally show that this anti-resonance influences the cell fate decision involved in human gastrulation.

Strengths:

- This interdisciplinary study combines precise optogenetic manipulation with advanced modelling.<br /> - The results are directly tested in two different systems: HEK293T cells and H9 human embryonic stem cells.<br /> - The model is implemented based on previous literature and has two levels of detail: i) a detailed biochemical model and ii) an abstract model with a hidden parameter

Weaknesses:

- While the experiments provide both single-cell data and population data, the model only considers population data.<br /> - Although the model captures the experimental data for TopFlash very well, the beta-Cat curves (Fig 2B) are only described qualitatively. This discrepancy is not discussed.

Overall Assessment:

The authors convincingly identified an anti-resonance behavior in a signaling pathway that is involved in cell fate decisions. The focus on a dynamic signal and the identification of such a behavior is important. I believe that the model approach of abstracting a complicated pathway with a hidden variable is an important tool to obtain an intuitive understanding of complicated dependencies in biology. Such a combination of precise ontogenetical manipulation with effective models will provide a new perspective on causal dependencies in signaling pathways and should not be limited only to the system that the authors study.

Comments on revisions:

I don't have any more comments for the authors and would like to congratulate them for the nice piece of work!

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

This study presents a valuable contribution of NO signaling in zebrafish retinal regeneration in larval animals. The data on NO signaling are solid. There are multiple limitations to the study, but these are largely acknowledged by the authors in the revised text.

Strengths:

New data on NO signaling is valuable to the field but may be limited to larval "regeneration".

Weaknesses:

A weakness of the approach is testing cone ablation and regeneration in early larval animals. A near identical study was already done by Hoang et al 2020 in the adult zebrafish, a more relevant biological timepoint.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

In this manuscript Ye at al. examine the sequence of events that occur in the damaged zebrafish Muller glia (MG) in states between quiescence and the onset of proliferation. Using an inducible metronidazole (MTZ) and nitroreductase system to ablate red/green cones in larval zebrafish, they identify a novel transitional MG state that is characterized by the expression of cxcl18b. Using trajectory analysis from single-cell RNA-seq datasets, they find that cxcl18b is expressed before MG expression PCNA and become proliferative. They find that cxcl18b expression peaks in MG at approximately 24 hours post injury (hpi) and rapidly declines as MG proliferate following injury. In a most interesting finding, the authors find a link between nos2b-dependent nitric oxide signaling and cxcl18b-mediated proliferation. Mutagenesis of nos2b decreases MG proliferation. The mechanism linking NO signaling to proliferation was suggested to function via notch signaling as pharmacological inhibition of nitric oxide signaling resulted in elevated Notch activity, thus preventing MG proliferation. The authors suggest a model whereby cxcl18b induces autocrine NO signaling in MG to reduce activity of Notch3, thereby promoting MG proliferation.

Strengths:

The authors utilize a number of sophisticated transgenic approaches and generate novel lines that will have value to the field. The identification of a novel cxcl18b transition state is exciting and the putative link between NO signaling and Notch activity would provide new insight into the drivers of Muller glia proliferation.

Weaknesses:

While the overall model is appealing and may serve as a foundation for future studies, some information gaps remain and certain conclusions rely on correlational data. The cellular expression of nos2b remains unclear as the single-cell RNA-seq data cannot provide expression data that matches RT-PCR results. The temporal sequence of events are based on transgene expression in the Tg(cxcl18b:GFP) lines, where persistence of the GFP fluorescence may not reflect endogenous cxcl18b. The identity of putative cxcl18b receptors on MG to support an autocrine signaling pathway remains unclear. Nevertheless, this is an interesting study that should open new avenues of exploration.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

Lai and Doe address the integration of spatial information with temporal patterning and genes that specify cell fate. They identify the Forkhead transcription factor Fd4 as a lineage-restricted cell fate regulator that bridges transient spatial transcription factors to terminal selector genes in the developing Drosophila ventral nerve cord. The experimental evidence convincingly demonstrates that Fd4 is both necessary for late-born NB7-1 neurons, but also sufficient to transform other neural stem cell lineages toward the NB7-1 identity. This work addresses an important question that will be of interest to developmental neurobiologists: How can cell identities defined by initial transient developmental cues be maintained in the progeny cells, even if the molecular mechanism remains to be investigated? In addition, the study proposes a broader concept of lineage identity genes that could be utilized in other lineages and regions in the Drosophila nervous system and in other species.

Strengths:

While the spatial factors patterning the neuroepithelium to define the neuroblast lineages in the Drosophila ventral nerve cord are known, these factors are sometimes absent or not required during neurogenesis. In the current work, Lai and Doe identified Fd4 in the NB7-1 lineage that bridges this gap and explains how NB7-1 neurons are specified after Engrailed (En) and Vnd cease their expression. They show that Fd4 is transiently co-expressed with En and Vnd and is present in all nascent NB7-1 progenies. They further demonstrate that Fd4 is required for later-born NB7-1 progenies and sufficient for the induction of NB7-1 markers (Eve and Dbx) while repressing markers of other lineages when force-expressed in neural progenitors, e.g., in the NB5-6 lineage and in the NB7-3 lineage. They also demonstrate that, when Fd4 is ectopically expressed in NB7-3 and NB5-6 lineages, this leads to the ectopic generation of dorsal muscle-innervating neurons. The inclusion of functional validation using axon projections demonstrates that the transformed neurons acquire appropriate NB7-1 characteristics beyond just molecular markers. Quantitative analyses are thorough and well-presented for all experiments.

Weaknesses:

(1) While Fd4 is required and sufficient for several later-born NB7-1 progeny features, a comparison between early-born (Hb/Eve) and later-born (Run/Eve) appears missing for pan-progenitor gain of Fd4 (with sca-Gal4; Figure 4) and for the NB7-3 lineage (Figure 6). Having a quantification for both could make it clearer whether Fd4 preferentially induces later-born neurons or is sufficient for NB7-1 features without temporal restriction.

(2) Fd4 and Fd5 are shown to be partially redundant, as Fd4 loss of function alone does not alter the number of Eve+ and Dbx+ neurons. This information is critical and should be included in Figure 3.

(3) Several observations suggest that lineage identity maintenance involves both Fd4-dependent and Fd4-independent mechanisms. In particular, the fact that fd4-Gal4 reporter remains active in fd4/fd5 mutants even after Vnd and En disappear indicates that Fd4's own expression, a key feature of NB7-1 identity, is maintained independently of Fd4 protein. This raises questions about what proportion of lineage identity features require Fd4 versus other maintenance mechanisms, which deserves discussion.

(4) Similarly, while gain of Fd4 induces NB7-1 lineage markers and dorsal muscle innervation in NB5-6 and NB7-3 lineages, drivers for the two lineages remain active despite the loss of molecular markers, indicating some regulatory elements retain activity consistent with their original lineage identity. It is therefore important to understand the degree of functional conversion in the gain-of-function experiments. Sparse labeling of Fd4 overexpressing NB5-6 and NB7-3 progenies, as was done in Seroka and Doe (2019), would be an option.

(5) The less-penetrant induction of Dbx+ neurons in NB5-6 with Fd4-overexpression is interesting. It might be worth the authors discussing whether it is an Fd4 feature or an NB5-6 feature by examining Dbx+ neuron number in NB7-3 with Fd4-overexpression.

(6) It is logical to hypothesize that spatial factors specify early-born neurons directly, so only late-born neurons require Fd4, but it was not tested. The model would be strengthened by examining whether Fd4-Gal4-driven Vnd rescues the generation of later-born neurons in fd4/fd5 mutants.

(7) It is mentioned that Fd5 is not sufficient for the NB7-1 lineage identity. The observation is intriguing in how similar regulators serve distinct roles, but the data are not shown. The analysis in Figure 4 should be performed for Fd5 as supplemental information.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

Via a detailed expression analysis, they find that Fd4 is selectively expressed in embryonic NB7-1 and newly born neurons within this lineage. They also undertake a comprehensive genetic analysis to provide evidence that fd4 is necessary and sufficient for the identity of NB7-1 progeny.

Strengths:

The analysis is both careful and rigorous, and the findings are of interest to developmental neurobiologists interested in molecular mechanisms underlying the generation of neuronal diversity. Great care was taken to make the figures clear and accessible. This work takes great advantage of years of painstaking descriptive work that has mapped embryonic neuroblast lineages in Drosophila.

Weaknesses:

The argument that Fd4 is necessary for NB7-1 lineage identity is based on a Fd4/Fd5 double mutant. Loss of fd4 alone did not alter the number of NB7-1-derived Eve+ or Dbx+ neurons. The authors clearly demonstrate redundancy between fd4 and fd5, and the fact that the LOF analysis is based on a double mutant should be better woven through the text. The authors generated an Fd5 mutant. I assume that Fd5 single mutants do not display NB7-1 lineage defects, but this is not stated. The focus on Fd4 over Fd5 is based on its highly specific expression profile and the dramatic misexpression phenotypes. But the LOF analysis demonstrates redundancy, and the conclusions in the abstract and through the results should reflect the existence of Fd5 in the conclusions of this manuscript.

It is notable that Fd4 overexpression can rewire motor circuits. This analysis adds another dimension to the changes in transcription factor expression and, importantly, demonstrates functional consequences. Could the authors test whether U4 and U5 motor axon targeting changes in the fd4/fd5 double mutant? To strengthen claims regarding the importance of fd4/fd5 for lineage identity, it would help to address terminal features of U motorneuron identity in the LOF condition.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

The goal of the work is to establish the linkage between the spatial transcription factors (STFs) that function transiently to establish the identities of the individual NBs and the terminal selector genes (typically homeodomain genes) that appear in the newborn post-mitotic neurons. How is the identity of the NB maintained and carried forward after the spatial genes have faded away? Focusing on a single neuroblast (NB 7-1), the authors present evidence that the fork-head transcription factor, fd4, provides a bridge linking the transient spatial cues that initially specified neuroblast identity with the terminal selector genes that establish and maintain the identity of the stem cell's progeny.

The study is systematic, concise, and takes full advantage of 40+ years of work on the molecular players that establish neuronal identities in the Drosophila CNS. In the embryonic VNC, fd4 is expressed only in the NB 7-1 and its lineage. They show that Fd4 appears in the NB while the latter is still expressing the Spatial Transcription Factors and continues after the expression of the latter fades out. Fd4 is maintained through the early life of the neuronal progeny but then declines as the neurons turn on their terminal selector genes. Hence, fd4 expression is compatible with it being a bridging factor between the two sets of genes.

Experimental support for the "bridging" role of Fd4 comes from a set of loss-of-function and gain-of-function manipulations. The loss of function of Fd4, and the partially redundant gene Fd5, from lineage 7-1 does not affect the size of the lineage, but terminal markers of late-born neuronal phenotypes, like Eve and Dbx, are reduced or missing. By contrast, ectopic expression of fd4, but not fd5, results in ectopic expression of the terminal markers eve and Dbx throughout diverse VNC lineages.

A detailed test of fd4's expression was then carried out using lineages 7-3 and 5-6, two well-characterized lineages in Drosophila. Lineage 7-3 is much smaller than 7-1 and continues to be so when subjected to fd4 misexpression. However, under the influence of ectopic Fd4 expression, the lineage 7-3 neurons lost their expected serotonin and corazonin expression and showed Eve expression as well as motoneuron phenotypes that partially mimic the U motoneurons of lineage 7-1.

Ectopic expression of Fd4 also produced changes in the 5-6 lineage. Expression of apterous, a feature of lineage 5-6, was suppressed, and expression of the 7-1 marker, Eve, was evident. Dbx expression was also evident in the transformed 5-6 lineages, but extremely restricted as compared to a normal 7-1 lineage. Considering the partial redundancy of fd4 and fd5, it would have been interesting to express both genes in the 5-6 lineage. The anatomical changes that are exhibited by motoneurons in response to Fd4 expression confirm that these cells do, indeed, show a shift in their cellular identity.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

The study introduces an open-source, cost-effective method for automating the quantification of male social behaviors in Drosophila melanogaster. It combines machine-learning based behavioral classifiers developed using JAABA (Janelia Automatic Animal Behavior Annotator) with inexpensive hardware constructed from off-the-shelf components. This approach addresses the limitations of existing methods, which often require expensive hardware and specialized setups. The authors demonstrate that their new "DANCE" classifiers accurately identify aggression (lunges) and courtship behaviors (wing extension, following, circling, attempted copulation, and copulation), closely matching manually annotated ground-truth data. Furthermore, DANCE classifiers outperform existing rule-based methods in accuracy. Finally, the study shows that DANCE classifiers perform as well when used with low-cost experimental hardware as with standard experimental setups across multiple paradigms, including RNAi knockdown of the neuropeptide Dsk and optogenetic silencing of dopaminergic neurons.

The authors make creative use of existing resources and technology to develop an inexpensive, flexible, and robust experimental tool for the quantitative analysis of Drosophila behavior. A key strength of this work is the thorough benchmarking of both the behavioral classifiers and the experimental hardware against existing methods. In particular, the direct comparison of their low-cost experimental system with established systems across different experimental paradigms is compelling. A weakness of the study is that the use of JAABA-based classifiers to analyze aggression and courtship is not novel (Tao et al., J. Neurosci., 2024; Sten et al., Cell, 2023; Chiu et al., Cell, 2021; Isshi et al., eLife, 2020; Duistermars et al., Neuron, 2018). However, the demonstration the JAABA classifiers they developed work as well without expensive experimental hardware opens the door to more low-cost systems for quantitative behavior analysis.

In summary, this work provides a practical and accessible approach to quantifying Drosophila behavior, reducing the economic barriers to the study of the neural and molecular mechanisms underlying social behavior.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

This manuscript addresses the development of a low-cost behavioural setup and standardised open-source high performing classifiers for aggression and courtship behaviour. It does so by using readily available laboratory equipment and previously developed software packages. By comparing the performance of the setup and the classifiers to previously developed ones, this study shows the classifier's overperformance and the reliability of the low-cost setup in recapitulating previously described effects of different manipulations on aggression and courtship.

Strengths:

The newly developed classifiers for lunges, wing extension, attempted copulation, copulation, following, circling, perform better than previously available developed ones. The behavioural setup developed is low cost and reliably allows analysis of both aggression and courtship behaviour, validated through social experience manipulation (social isolation), gene knock (Dsk in Dilp2 neurons) and neuronal inactivation (dopaminergic neurons) know to affect courtship and aggression.

Weaknesses:

This framework only encompasses analysis of lunges, while aggression encompasses multiple behaviours. Even though DANCE can serve as a template allowing future development of additional classifiers, the current study compares performance to CADABRA which analyses further aggression behaviours, making the comparisons incomplete.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

The study by Yadav et al. describes a new setup to quantify a number of aggression and mating behaviors in Drosophila melanogaster. The investigation of these behaviors requires the analysis of large number of videos to identify each kind of behavior displayed by a fly. Several approaches to automatize this process have been published before, but each of them has their limitations. The authors set out to develop a new setup that includes a very low-cost, easy to acquire hardware and open-source machine-learning classifiers to identify and quantify the behavior.

Strengths:

(1) The study demonstrates that their cheap, simple, and easy to obtain hardware works just as well as custom-made, specialized hardware for analyzing aggression and mating behavior. This enables the setup to be used in a wide range of settings, from research with limited resources to classroom teaching.

(2) The authors used previously published software to train new classifiers for detecting a range of behaviors related to aggression and mating and make them freely available. The classifiers are very positively benchmarked against a manually acquired ground-truth as well as existing algorithms.

(3) The study demonstrates the applicability of the setup (hardware and classifiers) to common methods in the field by confirming a number of expected phenotypes with their setup.

Taken together, this work can greatly facilitate research of aggression and mating in Drosophila. The combination of low-cost, off-the-shelf hardware and open-source, robust software enables researchers with very little funding or technical expertise to contribute to the scientific process, and also allows large-scale experiments, for example, in classroom teaching with many students, or for systematic screenings.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

Biomolecular condensates are essential part of cellular homeostatic regulation. In this manuscript, authors develop a theoretical framework for phase separation of membrane bound proteins. They show the effect of non-dilute surface binding and phase separation on tight junction protein organization.

Strengths:

It is an important study considering the phase separation of membrane bound molecules are taking the center stage of signaling, spanning from immune signaling to cell-cell adhesion. A theoretical framework will help biologists to quantitatively interpret their findings.

Weaknesses:

Understandably, authors used one system to test their theory (ZO-1). However, to establish a theoretical framework, this is sufficient.

Comments on revisions:

I do not recommend new experiments. The manuscript is clear and establishes a new step in understanding the physical chemistry of biomolecular condensates.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Disclaimer: While I am familiar with the CFS method and the CFS literature, I am not familiar with primate research or two-photon calcium imaging. Additionally, I may be biased regarding unconscious processing under CFS, as I have extensively investigated this area but have found no compelling evidence in favor of unconscious processing under CFS.

This manuscript reports the results of a nonhuman-primate study (N=2 behaving macaque monkeys) investigating V1 responses under continuous flash suppression (CFS). The results show that CFS substantially suppressed V1 orientation responses, albeit slightly differently in the two monkeys. The authors conclude that CFS-suppressed orientation information "may not suffice for high-level visual and cognitive processing" (abstract).

The manuscript is clearly written and well-organized. The conclusions are supported by the data and analyses presented (but see disclaimer). However, I believe that the manuscript would benefit from a more detailed discussion of the different results observed for monkeys A and B (i.e., inter-individual differences), and how exactly the observed results are related to findings of higher-order cognitive processing under CFS, on the one hand, and the "dorsal-ventral CFS hypothesis", on the other hand.

Major Comments:

(1) Some references are imprecise. For example, l.53: "Nevertheless, two fMRI studies reported that V1 activity is either unaffected or only weakly affected (Watanabe et al., 2011; Yuval-Greenberg & Heeger, 2013)". "To the best of my understanding, the second study reaches a conclusion that is entirely opposite to that of the first, specifically that for low-contrast, invisible stimuli, stimulus-evoked fMRI BOLD activity in the early visual cortex (V1-V3) is statistically indistinguishable from activity observed during stimulus-absent (mask-only) trials. Therefore, high-level unconscious processing under CFS should not be possible if Yuval-Greenberg & Heeger are correct. The two studies contradict each other; they do not imply the same thing.

(2) Line 354: "The flashing masker was a circular white noise pattern with a diameter of 1.89{degree sign}{degree sign}, a contrast of 0.5, and a flickering rate of 10 Hz. The white noise consisted of randomly generated black and white blocks (0.07 × 0.07 each)." Why did the authors choose a white noise stimulus as the CFS mask? It has previously been shown that the depth of suppression engendered by CFS depends jointly on the spatiotemporal composition of the CFS and the stimulus it is competing with (Yang & Blake, 2012). For example, Hesselmann et al. (2016) compared Mondrian versus random dot masks using the probe detection technique (see Supplementary Figure S4 in the reference below) and found only a poor masking performance of the random dot masks.

Yang, E., & Blake, R. (2012). Deconstructing continuous flash suppression. Journal of Vision, 12(3), 8. https://doi.org/10.1167/12.3.8

Hesselmann, G., Darcy, N., Ludwig, K., & Sterzer, P. (2016). Priming in a shape task but not in a category task under continuous flash suppression. Journal of Vision, 16, 1-17.

(3) Related to my previous point: I guess we do not know whether the monkeys saw the CF-suppressed grating stimuli or not? Therefore, could it be that the differences between monkey A and B are due to a different individual visibility of the suppressed stimuli? Interocular suppression has been shown to be extremely variable between participants (see reference below). This inter-individual variability may, in fact, be one of the reasons why the CFS literature is so heterogeneous in terms of unconscious cognitive processing: due to the variability in interocular suppression, a significant amount of data is often excluded prior to analysis, leading to statistical inconsistencies. Moreover, the authors' main conclusion (lines 305-307) builds on the assumption that the stimuli were rendered invisible, but isn't this speculation without a measure of awareness?

Yamashiro, H., Yamamoto, H., Mano, H., Umeda, M., Higuchi, T., & Saiki, J. (2014). Activity in early visual areas predicts interindividual differences in binocular rivalry dynamics. Journal of Neurophysiology, 111(6), 1190-1202. https://doi.org/10.1152/jn.00509.2013

(4) The authors refer to the "tool priming" CFS studies by Almeida et al. (l.33, l.280, and elsewhere) and Sakuraba et al. (l.284). A thorough critique of this line of research can be found here:

Hesselmann, G., Darcy, N., Rothkirch, M., & Sterzer, P. (2018). Investigating Masked Priming Along the "Vision-for-Perception" and "Vision-for-Action" Dimensions of Unconscious Processing. Journal of Experimental Psychology. General. https://doi.org/10.1037/xge0000420

This line of research ("dorsal-ventral CFS hypothesis") has inspired a significant body of behavioral and fMRI/EEG studies (see reference for a review below). The manuscript would benefit from a brief paragraph in the discussion section that addresses how the observed results contribute to this area of research.

Ludwig, K., & Hesselmann, G. (2015). Weighing the evidence for a dorsal processing bias under continuous flash suppression. Consciousness and Cognition, 35, 251-259. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.concog.2014.12.010

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

The goal of this study was to investigate the degree to which low-level stimulus features (i.e., grating orientation) are processed in V1 when stimuli are not consciously perceived under conditions of continuous flash suppression (CFS). The authors measured the activity of a population of V1 neurons at single neuron resolution in awake fixating monkeys while they viewed dichoptic stimuli that consisted of an oriented grating presented to one eye and a noise stimulus to the other eye. Under such conditions, the mask stimulus can prevent conscious perception of the grating stimulus. By measuring the activity of neurons (with Ca2+ imaging) that preferred one or the other eye, the authors tested the degree of orientation processing that occurs during CFS.

Strengths:

The greatest strength of this study is the spatial resolution of the measurement and the ability to quantify stimulus representations during CSF in populations of neurons, preferring the eye stimulated by either the grating or the mask. There have been a number of prominent fMRI studies of CFS, but all of them have had the limitation of pooling responses across neurons preferring either eye, effectively measuring the summed response across ocular dominance columns. The ability to isolate separate populations offers an exciting opportunity to study the precise neural mechanisms that give rise to CFS, and potentially provide insights into nonconscious stimulus processing.

Weaknesses:

While this is an impressive experimental setup, the major weakness of this study is that the experiments don't advance any theoretical account of why CFS occurs or what CFS implies for conscious visual perception. There are two broad camps of thinking with regard to CFS. On the one hand, Watanabe et al. (2011) reported that V1 activity remained intact during CFS, implying that CFS interrupts stimulus processing downstream of V1. On the other hand, Yuval-Greenberg and Heeger (2013) showed that V1 activity is, in fact, reduced during CFS. By using a parametric experimental design, they measured the impact of the mask on the stimulus response as a function of contrast and concluded that the mask reduces the gain of neural responses to the grating stimulus. They presented a theoretical model in which the mask effectively reduced the SNR of the grating, making it invisible in the same way that reducing contrast makes a stimulus invisible.

An important discussion point of Yuval-Greenberg and Heeger is that null results (such as those presented by Watanabe et al.) are difficult to interpret, as the lack of an effect may be simply due to insufficient data. I am afraid that this critique also applies to the present study. Here, the authors report that CFS effectively 'abolishes' tuning for stimuli in neurons preferring the eye with the grating stimulus. The authors would have been in a much stronger position to make this claim if they had varied the contrast of the stimulus to show that the loss of tuning was not simply due to masking. So, while this is an incredibly impressive set of measurements that in many ways raises the bar for in vivo Ca2+ imaging in behaving macaques, there isn't anything in the results that constitutes a real theoretical advance.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

Summary:

In this study, Tang, Yu & colleagues investigate the impact of continuous flash suppression (CFS) on the responses of V1 neurons using 2-photon calcium imaging. The report that CFS substantially suppressed V1 orientation responses. This suppression happens in a graded fashion depending on the binocular preference of the neuron: neurons preferring the eye that was presented with the marker stimuli were most suppressed, while the neurons preferring the eye to which the grating stimuli were presented were least suppressed. The binocular neuron exhibited an intermediate level of suppression.

Strengths:

The imaging techniques are cutting-edge, and the imaging results are convincing and consistent across animals.

Weaknesses:

I am not totally convinced by the conclusions that the authors draw based on their machine learning models.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

In this study, participants completed two different tasks. A perceptual choice task in which they compared the sizes of pairs of items and a value-different task in which they identified the higher value option among pairs of items with the two tasks involving the same stimuli. Based on previous fMRI research, the authors sought to determine whether the superior frontal sulcus (SFS) is involved in both perceptual and value-based decisions or just one or the other. Initial fMRI analyses were devised to isolate brain regions that were activated for both types of choices and also regions that were unique to each. Transcranial magnetic stimulation was applied to the SFS in between fMRI sessions and it was found to lead to a significant decrease in accuracy and RT on the perceptual choice task but only a decrease in RT on the value-different task. Hierarchical drift diffusion modelling of the data indicated that the TMS had led to a lowering of decision boundaries in the perceptual task and a lowering of non-decision times on the value-based task. Additional analyses show that SFS covaries with model derived estimates of cumulative evidence, that this relationship is weakened by TMS.

The paper has many strengths including the rigorous multi-pronged approach of causal manipulation, fMRI and computational modelling which offers a fresh perspective on the neural drivers of decision making. Some additional strengths include the careful paradigm design which ensured that the two types of tasks were matched for their perceptual content while orthogonalizing trial-to-trial variations in choice difficulty. The paper also lays out a number of specific hypotheses at the outset regarding the behavioural outcomes that are tied to decision model parameters and well justified.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

The authors set out to test whether a TMS-induced reduction in excitability of the left Superior Frontal Sulcus influenced evidence integration in perceptual and value-based decisions. They directly compared behaviour-including fits to a computational decision process model---and fMRI pre and post TMS in one of each type of decision-making task. Their goal was to test domain-specific theories of the prefrontal cortex by examining whether the proposed role of the SFS in evidence integration was selective for perceptual but not value-based evidence.

Strengths:

The paper presents multiple credible sources of evidence for the role of the left SFS in perceptual decision making, finding similar mechanisms to prior literature and a nuanced discussion of where they diverge from prior findings. The value-based and perceptual decision making tasks were carefully matched in terms of stimulus display and motor response, making their comparison credible.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

Age-related synaptic dysfunction can have detrimental effects on cognitive and locomotor function. Additionally, aging makes the nervous system vulnerable to late-onset neurodegenerative diseases. This manuscript by Marques et al. seeks to profile the cell surface proteomes of glia to uncover signaling pathways that are implicated in age-related neurodegeneration. They compared the glial cell-surface proteomes in the central brain of young (day 5) and old (day 50) flies, and identified the most up- and down-regulated proteins during the aging process. 48 genes were selected for analysis in a lifespan screen, and interestingly, most sex-specific phenotypes. Among these, adult-specific pan-glial DIP-β overexpression (OE) significantly increased the lifespan of both males and females and improved their motor control ability. To investigate the effect of DIP-β in the aging brain, Marques et al. performed snRNA-seq on 50-day-old Drosophila brains with or without DIP-β OE in glia. Cortex and ensheathing glia showed the most differentially expressed genes. Computational analysis revealed that glial DIP-β OE increased cell-cell communication, particularly with neurons and fat cells.

Strengths:

(1) State-of-the-art methodology to reveal the cell surface proteomes of glia in young and old flies.

(2) Rigorous analyses to identify differentially expressed proteins.

(3) Examination of up- and down-regulated candidates and identification of glial-expressed mediators that impact fly lifespan.

(4) Intriguing sex-specific glial genes that regulate life span.

(5) Follow-up RNA-seq analysis to examine cellular transcriptomes upon overexpression of an identified candidate (DIP-β).

(6) A compelling dataset for the community that should generate extensive interest and spawn many projects.

Weaknesses:

(1) DIP-β OE using flySAM:

a) These flies showed a larger increase in lifespan compared to using UAS-DIP-β (Figure 2 C, D). Do the authors think that flySAM is a more efficient way of OE than UAS? Also, the UAS construct would be specific to one DIP-β isoform, while flySAM would likely express all isoforms. Could this also contribute to the phenotypes observed?

b) The Glial-GS>DIP-β flySAM flies without RU-486 have significantly shorter lifespans (Figure 2C) than their UAS-DIP-β counterparts. flySAM is lethal when expressed under the control of tubulin-GAL4 (Jia et al. 2018), likely due tothe toxicity of such high levels of overexpression. Is it possible that a larger increase in lifespan is due to the already reduced viability of these flies?

c) Statistics: It is stated in the Methods that "statistical methods used are described in the figure legend of each relevant panel." However, there is no description of the statistics or sample sizes used in Figure 2.

(2) Figure 3: The authors use a glial GeneSwitch (GS) to knock down and overexpress candidate genes. In Figure 3A, they look at glial-GS>UAS-GFP with and without RU. Without RU, there is no GFP expression, as expected. With RU, there is GFP expression. It is expected that all cell body GFP signal should colocalize with a glial nuclear marker (Repo). However, there is some signal that does not appear to be glia. Also, many glia do not express GFP, suggesting the glial GS driver does not label all glia. This could impact which glia are being targeted in several experiments.

(3) It is interesting that sex-specific lifespan effects were observed in the candidate screen.

a) The authors should provide a discussion about these sex-specific differences and their thoughts about why these were observed.

b) The authors should also provide information regarding the sex of the flies used in the glial cell surface proteome study.

c) Also, beyond the scope of this study, examining sex-specific glial proteomes could reveal additional insights into age-related pathways affecting males and females differentially.

(4) The behavioral assay used in this study (climbing) tests locomotion driven by motor neurons. The proteomic analysis was performed with the central adult brain, which does not include the nerve cord, where motor neurons reside. While likely beyond the scope of this study, it would be informative to test other behaviors, including learning, circadian rhythms, etc.

(5) It is surprising that overexpressing a CAM in glia has such a broad impact on the transcriptomes of so many different cell types. Could this be due to DIP-β OE maintaining the brain in a "younger" state and indirectly influencing the transcriptomes? Instead of DIP-β OE in glia directly influencing cell-cell interactions? Can the authors comment on this?

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

This manuscript presents an ambitious and technically innovative study that combines in situ cell-surface proteomics, functional genetic screening, and single-nucleus RNA sequencing to uncover glial factors that influence aging in Drosophila. The authors identify DIP-β as a glial protein whose overexpression extends lifespan and report intriguing sex-specific differences in lifespan outcomes. Overall, the study is conceptually compelling and offers a valuable dataset that will be of considerable interest to researchers studying glia-neuron communication, aging biology, and proteomic profiling in vivo.

The in-situ proteomic labeling approach represents a notable methodological advance. If validated more extensively, it has the potential to become a widely used resource for probing glial aging mechanisms. The use of an inducible glial GeneSwitch driver is another strength, enabling the authors to carefully separate aging-relevant effects from developmental confounds. These technical choices meaningfully elevate the rigor of the study and support its central conclusions. The discovery of new candidate genes from the proteomics pipeline, including DIP-β, is intriguing and opens new avenues for understanding glial contributions to organismal lifespan. The observation of sex-specific lifespan effects is particularly interesting and warrants further exploration; the study sets the stage for future work in this direction.

At the same time, several areas would benefit from clarification or additional analysis to fully support the manuscript's claims:

(1) The manuscript frequently refers to "improved" or "increased" cell-cell communication following DIP-β overexpression, but the meaning of this term remains somewhat vague. Because the current analysis relies largely on transcriptomic predictions, it would be helpful to define precisely what metric is being used, e.g., increased numbers of predicted ligand-receptor interactions, enrichment of specific signaling pathways, or altered expression of communication-related components. Strengthening the mechanistic link between DIP-β, cell-cell communication, and lifespan extension, potentially through targeted validation of specific glial interactions, would substantially reinforce the interpretation.

(2) The lifespan screen is central to the paper, and clearer visualization and contextualization of these results would significantly improve the manuscript's impact. For example, Figure 3D is challenging to interpret in its current form. More explicit presentation of which manipulations extend lifespan in each sex, along with effect sizes and significance values, would provide clarity. Including positive controls for lifespan extension would also help contextualize the magnitude of the observed effects. The reported effects of DIP-β, while promising, are modest relative to baseline effects of RU feeding, and a discussion of this would help appropriately calibrate the conclusions.

(3) Several figures would benefit from improved labeling or more detailed legends. For instance, the meaning of "N" and "C" in Figure 1D is unclear; Figure 3A should clarify that Repo is a glial marker; and Figure 5C appears to have truncated labels. Reordering certain panels (e.g., moving control data in Figure 4A-B) may also improve narrative flow. These refinements would greatly aid reader comprehension.

(4) A few claims would be strengthened by more specific references or acknowledgment of alternative interpretations. Examples include the phenoxy-radical labeling radius, the impact of H₂O₂ exposure, and the specificity of neutravidin. Additionally, downregulation of synapse-related GO terms may reflect age-related transcriptional changes rather than impaired glia-neuron communication per se, and this possibility should be recognized. The term "unbiased" to describe the screen may also be reconsidered, given the preselection of candidate genes.

(5) Clarifying the rationale for focusing on central brain glia over optic-lobe glia would be useful.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

The current article adapts standard rhythmic measures to describe the temporal organisation of whale song units.

Strengths:

The detailed description of the internal temporal structure of whale songs is something that has thus far been lacking.

Weaknesses:

Conceptual and terminological bases of the paper are problematical and hamper comparison with other taxa, including humans. According to signal theory, codas are indexical rather than symbolic. They signal an individual's group identity. Borrowing from humans and linguistics, coda inter-group variation represents a case of accents -- phonologically different varieties of the same call -- not dialects, confirming they are an index. Moreover, symbolism is not a feature detectable or confirmed through rhythmic analyses or temporal characterisation. This raises serious doubt whether alleged "dialects," "symbolism" and similarity between whales and humans is factual. The comparative scope and relevance of this paper for the broader field is limited and evolutionary claims are potentially misleading and perilous.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

In this descriptive study, Tateishi et al. report a Tn-seq based analysis of genetic requirements for growth and fitness in 8 clinical strains of Mycobacterium intracellulare Mi), and compare the findings with a type strain ATCC13950. The study finds a core set of 131 genes that are essential in all nine strains, and therefore are reasonably argued as potential drug targets. Multiple other genes required for fitness in clinical isolates have been found to be important for hypoxic growth in the type strain.

Strengths:

The study has generated a large volume of Tn-seq datasets of multiple clinical strains of Mi from multiple growth conditions, including from mouse lungs. The dataset can serve as an important resource for future studies on Mi, which despite being clinically significant, remains a relatively understudied species of mycobacteria.

Weaknesses:

The primary claim of the study that the clinical strains are better adapted for hypoxic growth is yet to be comprehensively investigated. However, this reviewer thinks such an investigation would require a complex experimental design and perhaps form an independent study.

Comments on revisions:

The revised paper has satisfactorily addressed my previous concerns, and I have no further issues with this paper.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

This manuscript addresses the important problem of the uncoupling of oxidative phosphorylation due to hypoxia-ischemia injury in the neonatal brain and provides insight into the neuroprotective mechanisms of hypothermia treatment.

Strengths:

The authors used a combination of in vivo imaging of awake P10 mice and experiments on isolated mitochondria to assess various key parameters of brain metabolism during hypoxia-ischemia with and without hypothermia treatment. This unique approach resulted in a comprehensive data set that provides solid evidence to support the derived conclusions.

Weaknesses:

Several potential weaknesses were identified in the original submission, which the authors subsequently addressed in the revised manuscript. Here is the brief list of the questions:

(1) Is it possible that the observed relatively low baseline OEF and trends of increased OEF and CBF over several hours after the imaging start were partially due to slow recovery from anesthesia?

(2) What was the pain management, and is there a possibility that some of the observations were influenced by the pain-reducing drugs or their absence?

(3) Were P10 mice significantly stressed during imaging in the awake state because they didn't have head-restraint habituation training?

(4) Considering high metabolism and blood flow in the cortex, it could be potentially challenging to predict cortical temperature based on the skull temperature, particularly in the deeper part of the cortex.

(5) The map of estimated CMRO2 looks quite heterogeneous across the brain surface. Could this be partially resulting from the measurement artefact?

(6) It would be beneficial to provide more detailed justification for using P10 mice in the experiments.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

Sun et al. present a comprehensive study using a novel photoacoustic microscopy setup and mitochondrial analysis to investigate the impact of hypoxia-ischemia (HI) on brain metabolism and the protective role of therapeutic hypothermia. The authors elegantly demonstrate three connected findings: (1) HI initially suppresses brain metabolism, (2) subsequently triggers a metabolic surge linked to oxidative phosphorylation uncoupling and brain damage, and (3) therapeutic hypothermia mitigates HI-induced damage by blocking this surge and reducing mitochondrial stress.

The study's design and execution are great, with a clear presentation of results and methods. Data is nicely presented, and methodological details are thorough.

However, a minor concern is the extensive use of abbreviations, which can hinder readability. As all the abbreviations are introduced in the text, their overuse may render the text hard to read to non-specialist audiences. Additionally, sharing the custom Matlab and other software scripts online, particularly those used for blood vessel segmentation, would be a valuable resource for the scientific community. In addition, while the study focuses on the short-term effects of HI, exploring the long-term consequences and definitively elucidating HI's impact on mitochondria would further strengthen the manuscript's impact.

Despite these minor points, this manuscript is very interesting.

Comments on revisions:

All addressed.

Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

There is increasing evidence that viruses manipulate vectors and hosts to facilitate transmission. For arthropods, saliva plays an essential role for successful feeding on a host and consequently for arthropod-borne viruses that are transmitted during arthropod feeding on new hosts. This is so because saliva constitutes the interaction interface between arthropod and host and contains many enzymes and effectors that allow feeding on a compatible host by neutralizing host defenses. Therefore, it is not surprising that viruses change saliva composition or use saliva proteins to provoke altered vector-host interactions that are favorable for virus transmission. However, detailed mechanistic analyses are scarce. Here, Zhao and coworkers study transmission of rice stripe virus (RSV) by the planthopper Laodelphax striatellus. RSV infects plants as well as the vector, accumulates in salivary glands and is injected together with saliva into a new host during vector feeding.

The authors present evidence that a saliva-contained enzyme - carbonic anhydrase (CA) - might facilitate virus infection of rice by interfering with callose deposition, a plant defense response. In vitro pull-down experiments, yeast two hybrid assay and binding affinity assays show convincingly interaction between CA and a plant thaumatin-like protein (TLP) that degrades callose. Similar experiments show that CA and TLP interact with the RSV nuclear capsid protein NT to form a complex. Formation of the CA-TLP complex increases TLP activity by roughly 30% and integration of NT increases TLP activity further. This correlates with lower callose content in RSV-infected plants and higher virus titer. Further, silencing CA in vectors decreases virus titers in infected plants. Interestingly, aphid CA was found to play a role in plant infection with two non-persistent non-circulative viruses, turnip mosaic virus and cucumber mosaic virus (Guo et al. 2023 doi.org/10.1073/pnas.2222040120), but the proposed mode of action is entirely different.

Editors' note: this version was assessed by the editors, without further input from the reviewers.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

The medicinal leech preparation is an amenable system in which to understand how the underlying cellular networks for locomotion function. A previously identified non-spiking neuron (NS) was studied and found to alter the mean firing frequency of a crawl-related motoneuron (DE-3), which fires during the contraction phase of crawling. The data are solid. Identifying upstream neurons responsible for crawl motor patterning is essential for understanding how rhythmic behavior is controlled.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

This study by Radice et al., takes advantage of the very well-established leach preparation to investigate questions related to motor control, more precisely the question of how the activity of motoneurons taking part in leach crawling behavior are finely tuned.

The paper is overall well written. The findings are clearly presented, and the data seems solid overall.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

This study advances the lab's growing body of evidence exploring higher-order learning and its neural mechanisms. They recently found that NMDA receptor activity in the perirhinal cortex was necessary for integrating stimulus-stimulus associations with stimulus-shock associations (mediated learning) to produce preconditioned fear, but it was not necessary for forming stimulus-shock associations. On the other hand, basolateral amygdala NMDA receptor activity is required for forming stimulus-shock memories. Based on these facts, the authors assessed: 1. why the perirhinal cortex is necessary for mediated learning but not direct fear learning and 2. the determinants of perirhinal cortex versus basolateral amygdala necessity for forming direct versus indirect fear memories. The authors used standard sensory preconditioning and variants designed to manipulate the novelty and temporal relationship between stimuli and shock and, therefore, the attentional state under which associative information might be processed. Under experimental conditions where information would presumably be processed primarily in the periphery of attention (temporal distance between stimulus/shock or stimulus pre-exposure), perirhinal cortex NMDA receptor activation was required for learning indirect associations. On the other hand, when information would likely be processed in focal attention (novel stimulus contiguous with shock), basolateral amygdala NMDA activity was required for learning direct associations. Together, the findings indicate that the perirhinal cortex and basolateral amygdala subserve peripheral and focal attention, respectively. The authors provide support for their conclusions using careful, hypothesis-driven experimental design, rigorous methods, and integrating their findings with the relevant literature on learning theory, information processing, and neurobiology. Therefore, this work will be highly interesting to several fields.

Strengths:

(1) The experiments were carefully constructed and designed to test hypotheses that were rooted in the lab's previous work, in addition to established learning theory and information processing background literature.

(2) There are clear predictions and alternative outcomes. The provided table does an excellent job of condensing and enhancing the readability of a large amount of data.

(3) In a broad sense, attention states are a component of nearly every behavioral experiment. Therefore, identifying their engagement by dissociable brain areas and under different learning conditions is an important area of research.

(4) The authors clearly note where they replicated their own findings, report full statistical measures, effect sizes, and confidence intervals, indicating the level of scientific rigor.

(5) The findings raise questions for future experiments that will further test the authors' hypotheses; this is well discussed.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

This paper continues the authors' research on the roles of the basolateral amygdala (BLA) and the perirhinal cortex (PRh) in sensory preconditioning (SPC) and second order conditioning (SOC). In this manuscript, the authors explore how prior exposure to stimuli may influence which regions are necessary for conditioning to the second-order cue (S2). The authors perform a series of experiments which first confirm prior results shown by the author - that NMDA receptors in the PRh are necessary in SPC during conditioning of the first-order cue (S1) with shock to allow for freezing to S2 at test; and that NMDA receptors in the BLA are necessary for S1 conditioning during the S1-shock pairings. The authors then set out to test the hypothesis that the PRh encodes associations in a peripheral state of attention whereas the BLA encodes associations in a focal state of attention, similar to the A1 and A2 states in Wagner's theory of SOP. To do this, they show that BLA is necessary for conditioning to S2 when the S2 is first exposed during a serial compound procedure - S2-S1-shock. To determine whether pre-exposure of S2 will shift S2 to a peripheral focal state, the authors run a design in which S2-S1 presentations are given prior to the serial compound phase. The authors show that this restores NMDA receptor activity within the PRh as necessary for fear response to S2 at test. They then test whether the presence of S1 during the serial compound conditioning allows the PRh to support the fear responses to S2 by introducing a delay conditioning paradigm in which S1 is no longer present. The authors find that PRh is no longer required and suggest that this is due to S2 remaining in the primary focal state.

Strengths:

As with their earlier work, the authors have performed a rigorous series of experiments to better understand the roles of the BLA and PRh in the learning of first- and second-order stimuli. The experiments are well-designed and clearly presented, and the results show definitive differences in functionality between the PRh and BLA. The first experiment confirms earlier findings from the lab (and others), and the authors then build on their previous work to more deeply reveal how these regions differ in how they encode associations between stimuli. The authors have done a commendable job on pursuing these questions.

Table 1 is an excellent way to highlight the results and provide the reader with a quick look-up table of the findings.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

Summary:

This manuscript presents a series of experiments that further investigate the roles of the BLA and PRH in sensory preconditioning, with a particular focus on understanding their differential involvement in the association of S1 and S2 with shock.

Strengths:

The motivation for the study is clearly articulated, and the experimental designs are thoughtfully constructed. I especially appreciate the inclusion of Table 1, which makes the designs easy to follow. The results are clearly presented, and the statistical analyses are rigorous.

During the revision, the authors have adequately addressed my minor suggestions from the original version.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

I have to preface my evaluation with a disclosure that I lack the mathematical expertise to fully assess what seems to be the authors' main theoretical contribution. I am providing this assessment to the best of my ability, but I cannot substitute for a reviewer with more advanced mathematical/physical training.

Summary:

This paper describes a new theoretical framework for measuring parsimony preferences in human judgments. The authors derive four metrics that they associate with parsimony (dimensionality, boundary, volume, and robustness) and measure whether human adults are sensitive to these metrics. In two tasks, adults had to choose one of two flower beds which a statistical sample was generated from, with or without explicit instruction to choose the flower bed perceptually closest to the sample. The authors conduct extensive statistical analyses showing that humans are sensitive to most of the derived quantities, even when the instructions encouraged participants to choose only based on perceptual distance. The authors complement their study with a computational neural network model that learns to make judgments about the same stimuli with feedback. They show that the computational model is sensitive to the tasks communicated by feedback and only uses the parsimony-associated metrics when feedback trains it to do so.

Strengths:

(1) The paper derives and applies new mathematical quantities associated with parsimony. The mathematical rigor is very impressive and is much more extensive than in most other work in the field, where studies often adopt only one metric (such as the number of causes or parameters). These formal metrics can be very useful for the field.

(2) The studies are preregistered, and the statistical analyses are strong.

(3) The computational model complements the behavioral findings, showing that the derived quantities are not simply equivalent to maximum-likelihood inference in the task.

(4) The speculations in the discussion section (e.g., the idea that human sensitivity is driven by the computational demands each metric requires) are intriguing and could usefully guide future work.

Weaknesses:

(1) The paper is very hard to understand. Many of the key details of the derived metrics are in the appendix, with very little accessible explanation in the main text. The figures helped me understand the metrics somewhat, although I am still not sure how some of them (such as boundary or robustness as measured here) are linked to parsimony. I understand that this is addressed by the derivations in the appendix, but as a computational cognitive scientist, I would have benefited from more accessible explanations. Important aspects of the human studies are also missing from the main text, such as the sample size for Experiment 2.

(2) It is not fully clear whether the sensitivity of human participants to some of the quantities convincingly reported here actually means that participants preferred shapes according to the corresponding aspect of parsimony. The title and framing suggest that parsimony "guides" human decision-making, which may lead readers to conclude that humans prefer more parsimonious shapes. I am not sure the sensitivity findings alone support this framing, but it might just be my misunderstanding of the analyses.

(3) The stimulus set included only four combinations of shapes, each designed to diagnostically target one of the theoretical quantities. It is unclear whether the results are robust or specific to these particular 4 stimuli.

(4) The study is framed as measuring "decision-making," but the task resembles statistical inference (e.g., which shape generated the data) or perceptual judgment. This is a minor point since "decision-making" is not well defined in the literature, yet the current framing in the title gave me the initial impression that humans would be making preference choices and learning about them over time with feedback.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

This manuscript presents a sophisticated investigation into the computational mechanisms underlying human decision-making, and it presents evidence for a preference for simpler explanations (Occam's razor). The authors dissect the simplicity bias into four different components, and they design experiments to target each of them by presenting choices whose underlying models differ only in one of these components. In the learning tasks, participants must infer a "law" (a logical rule) from observed data in a way that operationalizes the process of scientific reasoning in a controlled laboratory setting. The tasks are complex enough to be engaging but simple enough to allow for precise computational modeling.

As a further novel feature, authors derive a further term in the expansion of the log-evidence, which arises from boundary terms. This is combined with a choice model, which is the one that is tested in experiments. Experiments are run, but with humans and with artificial intelligence agents, showing that humans have an enhanced preference for simplicity as compared to artificial neural networks.

Overall, the work is well written, interesting, and timely, bridging concepts in statistical inference and human decision making. Although technical details are rather elaborate, my understanding is that they represent the state of the art.

I have only one main comment that I think deserves more comments. Computing the complexity penalty of models may be hard. It is unlikely that humans can perform such a calculation on the fly. As authors discuss in the final section, while the dimensionality term may be easier to compute, others (e.g., the volume term, which requires an integral) may be considerably harder to compute (it is true that they should be computed once and for all for each task, but still...). I wonder whether the sensitivity of human decision making with reference to the different terms is so different, and in particular whether it aligns with computational simplicity, or with the possibility of approximating each term by simple heuristics. Indeed, the sensitivity to the volume term is significantly and systematically lower than that of other terms. I wonder whether this relation could be made more quantitative using neural networks, using as a proxy of computational hardness the number of samples needed to reach a given error level in learning each of these terms.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

Summary:

This is a very interesting paper that documents how humans use a variety of factors that penalize model complexity and integrate over a possible set of parameters within each model. By comparison, trained neural networks also use these biases, but only on tasks where model selection was part of the reward structure. In the situation where training emphasizes maximum-likelihood decisions, only neural networks, but not humans, were able to adapt their decision-making. Humans continue to use model integration simplicity biases.

Strengths:

This study used a pre-registered plan for analyzing human data, which exceeds the standards compared to other current studies.

The results are technically correct.

Weaknesses:

The presentation of the results could be improved.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

The study by Klotzsche et al. examines whether emotional facial expressions can be decoded from EEG while participants view 3D faces in immersive VR and whether stereoscopic depth cues affect these neural representations. Participants viewed computer-generated faces (three identities, four emotions) rendered either stereoscopically or monoscopically, while performing an emotion recognition task. Time-resolved multivariate decoding revealed above-chance decodability of facial expressions from EEG. Importantly, decoding accuracy did not differ between monoscopic and stereoscopic viewing. This indicates that the neural representation of expressions is robust against stereoscopic disparity for the relevant features. However, a separate classifier could distinguish the depth condition (mono vs. stereo) from EEG, i.e., the pattern of neuronal activity differs between conditions, but not in ways relevant for the decoding of emotions. It had an early peak and a temporal profile similar to identity decoding, suggesting that early, task-irrelevant visual differences are captured neurally. Cross-decoding further demonstrated that expression decoders trained in one depth condition could generalize to the other, supporting the idea of representational invariance. Eye-tracking analyses showed that expressions and identities could be decoded from gaze patterns, but not the depth condition, and EEG- and gaze-based decoding performances were not correlated across participants. Overall, this work shows that EEG decoding in VR is feasible and sensitive, and suggests that stereoscopic cues are represented in the brain but do not influence the neural processing of facial expressions. This study addresses a relevant question with state-of-the-art experimental and data analysis techniques.

Strengths:

(1) It combines EEG, virtual reality stereoscoptic and monoscopic presentation of visual stimuli, and advanced data analysis methods to address a timely question.

(2) The figures are of very high quality.

(3) The reference list is appropriate and up to date.

Weaknesses:

(1) The introduction-results-discussion-methods order makes it hard to follow the Results without repeatedly consulting the Methods. Please introduce minimal, critical methodological context at the start of each Results subsection; reserve technical details for Methods/Supplement.

(2) Many Results subsections begin with a crisp question and present rich analyses, but end without a short synthesis. Please add 1-2 sentences that explicitly answer the opening question and state what the analyses demonstrate.

(3) The Results compellingly show that (a) expressions are decodable from EEG and (b) mono vs stereo trials are decodable from EEG; yet expression decoding is comparable across mono and stereo. It would help if you articulate why depth is neurally distinguishable while leaving expression representations unchanged. Maybe improve the discussion of the results of source localization and give a more detailed connection to what we already know about the processing of disparity.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

The authors' main aim was to determine the extent to which the emotional expression of face images could be inferred from electrophysiological data under the viewing conditions imposed by immersive virtual reality displays. Further, given that stereoscopic depth cues can be easily manipulated in such displays, the authors wished to investigate whether successful emotion decoding was affected by the presence or absence of these depth cues, and also if the presence/absence of depth cues was itself a property of the viewing experience that could be decoded from neural data.

Overall, the authors use fairly standard approaches to decoding neural data to demonstrate that above-chance results (slightly above the 0.5 chance threshold for their measure of choice) are in general achievable for emotion decoding, decoding the identity of faces from neural data, and decoding the presence/absence of depth cues in an immersive virtual reality display. They further examine the contribution of specific components of the response to visual stimuli with similar outcomes.

Strengths:

The main contribution of the manuscript is methodological. Rather than shedding particular light on the neural mechanisms supporting depth processing or face perception, what is on offer is primarily a straightforward examination of an applied question. With regard to the goal of answering that applied question, I think the paper succeeds. The overall experimental design is not novel, but in this case, that is a good thing. The authors have used relatively unadorned tasks and previous approaches to applying decoding tools to EEG data to see what they can get out of the neural data collected under these viewing conditions. While I would say that there is not a great deal that is especially surprising about these results, the authors do meet the goal they set for themselves.

Weaknesses:

Some of the key weaknesses I see are points that the authors raise themselves in their discussion, particularly with regard to the generalizability of their results. In particular, the 3D faces they have employed here perhaps exhibit a somewhat limited repertoire of emotional expression and do not necessarily cover a representative gamut of emotional face appearances, such as one would encounter in naturalistic settings. Then again, part of the goal of the paper was to examine the decodability of emotional expression in a specific, non-natural viewing environment - a viewing environment in which one could reasonably expect to encounter artificial faces like these. Still, the limitations of the stimuli potentially limit the scope of the conclusions one should draw from the data. I also think that there is a great deal of room for low-level image properties to drive the decoding results for faces, which could have been addressed in a number of ways (matching power spectra, for example, or using an inverted-image control condition). The absence of such control comparisons means that it is difficult to know if this is really a result that reflects face processing or much lower-level image differences that are diagnostic of emotion or identity in this subset of images. Again, to some extent, this is potentially acceptable - if one is mostly interested in whether this result is achievable at all (by hook or by crook), then it is not so important how the goal is met. Then again, one would perhaps like to know if what has been measured here is more a reflection of spatial vision vs. face processing mechanisms.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

Summary:

This study investigates two main questions:

(1) whether brain activity recorded during immersive virtual reality can differentiate facial expressions and stereoscopic depth, and

(2) whether depth cues modulate facial information processing.

The results show that both expression and depth information can be decoded from multivariate EEG recorded in a head-mounted VR setup. However, the results show that the decoding performance of facial expressions does not benefit from depth information.

Strengths:

The study is technically strong and well executed. EEG data are of high quality despite the challenges of recording inside a head-mounted VR system. The work effectively combines stereoscopic stimulus presentation, eye-tracking to monitor gaze behavior, and time-resolved multivariate decoding techniques. Together, these elements provide an exemplary demonstration of how to collect and analyze high-quality EEG data in immersive VR environments.

Weaknesses:

The major limitation concerns the theoretical question about how stereoscopic depth modulates facial expression processing. While previous work has suggested that stereoscopic depth cues can shape natural face perception and emphasize the importance of binocular information in recognizing facial expressions (lines 95-97), the present study reports a null effect of depth. However, the stimulus configuration they used likely constrained the ability to detect any depth-related effects. All facial stimuli were static, frontal, and presented at a fixed distance. This design leads to near-ceiling behavioral performance and no behavioral effect of depth on expression recognition. It makes the null modulation of depth on expression processing unsurprising and limits the theoretical reach of the study. Adding more subtle or naturalistic features (such as various viewing angles and dynamic expressions) to the stimulus set if the authors aim to advance a strong theoretical claim about the role of binocular disparity. Or reframing the work as a technical validation of EEG decoding in this context.

Another issue relates to the claim that eye movements cannot explain the EEG decoding results. It is a real challenge to remove eye-movement-related artifacts and confounds, as the VR setup tends to encourage viewers to explore the environment freely. However, nearly half of the eye-tracking datasets were lost (usable in only 17 of 33 participants), which substantially weakens the evidence for EEG-gaze dissociation. Moreover, it would be almost impossible to decode facial information from only two-dimensional gaze direction, given that with 60 EEG channels, the decoding accuracy was modest (AUC ≈ 0.60). These two factors together limited the strength of the reported null correlation between neural and eye-data decoding.

The decoding analysis appears to use all 60 EEG channels as input features. I wonder why the authors did not examine using more spatially specific channel subsets. Facial expression and depth cues are known to preferentially engage occipito-temporal regions (e.g., N170-related sites), yet the current approach treats all sensors equally. Including all the channels may add noise and irrelevant signals to facial information decoding. Besides, using a subset of spatial-specific channels would align more directly with the subsequent source reconstruction.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

In the present manuscript, de Bos and Kutay investigate the functional implications of persistent microtubule-ER contacts as cells go through mitosis. To do so, they resorted to investigating phosphorylation mutants of the ER-Microtubule crosslinker Climp63. They found that phosphodeficient Climp63 mutants induce a severe SAC-dependent mitotic delay after normal chromosome alignment, with an impressive mitotic index of approximately 75%. Strikingly, this was often associated with massive nuclear fragmentation into up to 30 micronuclei that are able to recruit both core and non-core nuclear envelope components. One particular residue (S17) that is phosphorylated by Cdk1 seems to account for most, if not all, these phenotypes. Furthermore, the authors use the impact on mitosis as an indirect way to map the microtubule binding domain of Climp63, which has remained controversial, and found that it is mostly restricted to the N-terminal 28 residues of Climp63. Of note, despite the strong impact on mitosis, persistent microtubule-ER contacts did not affect the distribution of other organelles during mitosis, such as mitochondria or lysosomes.

Strengths:

Overall, this work provides important mechanistic insight into the functional implications of ER-microtubule network remodelling during mitosis and should be of great interest to a vast readership of cell biologists.

Weaknesses:

Some of the key findings appear somewhat preliminary and would be worth exploring further to substantiate some of the claims and clarify the respective impact on mitosis and nuclear envelope reassembly on the resulting micronuclei.

The following suggestions would significantly clarify some key points:

(1) The striking increase in mitotic index in cells expressing the Climp63 phosphodefective mutant, together with their live cell imaging data indicating extensive mitotic delays that can be relieved by SAC inhibition, suggests that SAC silencing is significantly delayed or even impossible to achieve. The fact that most chromosomes align in 12 min, irrespective of the expression of the Climp63 phosphodefective mutant, suggests that initial microtubule-kinetochore interactions are not compromised, but maybe cannot be stably maintained. Alternatively, the stripping of SAC proteins from kinetochores by dynein along attached microtubules might be compromised, despite normal microtubule-kinetochore attachments. The authors allude to both these possibilities, but unfortunately, they never really test them. This could easily be done by immunofluorescence with a Mad1 or c-Mad2 antibody to inspect which fraction of kinetochores (co-stained with a constitutive kinetochore marker, such as CENP-A or CENP-C) are positive for these SAC proteins. If just a small fraction, then the stability of some attachments is likely the cause. If most/all kinetochores retain Mad1/c-Mad2, then it is probably an issue of silencing the SAC.

(2) The authors use the increase in mitotic index (H3 S10 phosphorylation levels) as a readout for the MT binding efficiency of Climp63 and respective mutants. Although suggestive, this is fairly indirect and requires additional confirmation. For example, the authors could perform basic immunofluorescence in fixed cells to inspect co-localization of Climp63 (and its mutants) with microtubules.

(3) The authors refer in the discussion that the striking nuclear fragmentation seen upon mitotic exit of cells expressing Climp63 phosphodefective mutant has not been reported before, and yet it is strikingly similar to what has been previously observed in cells treated with taxol (they cite Samwer et al. 2017, but they might elect to cite also Mitchison et al., Open Biol, 2017 and most relevantly Jordan et al., Cancer Res, 1996). This striking similarity and given the extensive mitotic delay observed in the Climp63 phosphodefective mutant, it is tempting to speculate that these cells are undergoing mitotic slippage (i.e., cells exit mitosis without ever satisfying the SAC) because they are unable to silence/satisfy the SAC. Indeed, the scattered micronuclei morphology has also been observed in cells undergoing mitotic slippage (e.g., Brito and Rieder, Curr Biol., 2006). The experiment suggested in point #1 should also shed light on this problem. The authors might want to consider discussing this possible explanation to interpret the observed phenotypes.

(4) One of the most significant implications of the findings reported in this paper is that microtubule proximity does not seem to impact the assembly of either core or non-core nuclear envelope proteins on micronuclei (that possibly form due to mitotic slippage, rather than normal anaphase). These results challenge some models explaining nuclear envelope defects in micronuclei derived from lagging chromosomes due to the proximity of microtubules, and, as the authors point out at the very end, other reasons might underlie these defects. Along this line, the authors might elect to cite Afonso et al. Science, 2014, and Orr et al., Cell Reports, 2022, who provide evidence that a spindle midzone-based Aurora B gradient, rather than microtubules per se, underlie the nuclear envelope defects commonly seen in micronuclei derived from lagging chromosomes during anaphase.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Mitotic phosphorylation of the ER-microtubule linker CLIMP63 was discovered decades ago and was shown to release CLIMP63 from microtubules. Here, the authors describe for the first time the significance of CLIMP63 phosphorylation for mitotic division in cells. Expression of non-phosphorylatable CLIMP63 led to a massive re-localization of ER into the area of the mitotic spindle. This was not unexpected, as another ER-microtubule linker, STIM1, is phosphorylated during mitosis to release it from microtubules, and unphosphorylatable STIM1 also leads to an invasion of the ER into the spindle. The authors map CLIMP63's microtubule-binding domain and define S17 as the critical residue that needs to be phosphorylated for release from microtubules and as a target of Cdk1, albeit with an indirect assay that is based on the ability of overexpressed mutants to disrupt mitosis. The authors further demonstrate that aberrant, microtubule-tethered membranes in the spindle disrupt spindle function. This is in line with the group's prior findings that chromosome-tethered membranes lead to severe chromosome segregation defects. Cells overexpressing phospho-deficient CLIMP63 arrested in prometaphase with an active checkpoint. When these cells were forced to exit mitosis, a large number of micronuclei formed. Interestingly, these micronuclei had different compositions and properties from previously described ones, suggesting that there are diverse paths for a cell to become multinucleated. Lastly, the authors asked whether mitochondria and lysosomes depend on ER for their distribution in mitotic cells. However, the position of these other organelles was unchanged in cells in which ER was re-localized due to the overexpression of phospho-deficient CLIMP63. This is an interesting observation in the context of how the interior organisation of mitotic cells is achieved.

Suggestions:

(1) The authors should confirm the mapping of the microtubule-binding domain by more direct assays, such as microtubule co-pelleting or proximity ligation assays.

(2) The authors should clarify why they performed phenotypic studies and live microscopy experiments (Figures 4 and 5) using the CLIMP63(3A) mutant, despite knowing that the relevant phosphorylation site was S17. Were the phenotypes different for S17A versus the triple mutant?

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

The goal of this paper was to determine whether the T cell receptor (TCR) repertoire differs between a male and a female human. To address this, this group sequenced TCRs from double-positive and single-positive thymocytes in male and female humans of various ages. Such an analysis on sorted thymocyte subsets has not been performed in the past. The only comparable dataset is a pediatric thymocyte dataset where total thymocytes were sorted.

They report on participant ages and sexes, but not on ethnicity, race, nor provide information about HLA typing of individuals. Though the experiments themselves are heroic, they do represent a relatively small sampling of diverse humans. They observed no differences in TCRbeta or TCRalpha usage, combinational diversity, or differences in the length of the CDR3 region, or amino acid usage in the CD3aa region between males or females. Though they observed some TCRbeta CD3aa sequence motifs that differed between males and females, these findings could not be replicated using an external dataset and therefore were not generalizable to the human population.

They also compared TCRbeta sequences against those identified in the past using computational approaches to recognize cancer-, bacterial-, viral-, or autoimmune-antigens. They found very little overlap of their sequences with these annotated sequences (depending on the individual, ranging from 0.82-3.58% of sequences). Within the sequences that were in overlap, they found that certain sequences against autoimmune or bacterial antigens were significantly over-represented in female versus male CD8 SP cells. Since no other comparable dataset is available, they could not conclude whether this is a finding that is generalizable to the human population.

Strengths:

This is a novel dataset. Overall, the methodologies appear to be sound. There was an attempt to replicate their findings in cases where an appropriate dataset was available. I agree that there are no gross differences in TCR diversity between males and females.

Weaknesses:

Overall, the sample size is small given that it is an outbred population. The cleaner experiment would have been to study the impact of sex in a number of inbred MHC I/II identical mouse strains or in humans with HLA-identical backgrounds.

It is unclear whether there was consensus between the three databases they used regarding the antigens recognized by the TCR sequences. Given the very low overlap between the TCR sequences identified in these databases and their dataset, and the lack of replication, they should tone down their excitement about the CD8 T cell sequences recognizing autoimmune and bacterial antigens being over-represented in females.

The dataset could be valuable to the community.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

This study addresses the hypothesis that the strikingly higher prevalence of autoimmune diseases in women could be the result of biased thymic generation or selection of TCR repertoires. The biological question is important, and the hypothesis is valuable. Although the topic is conceptually interesting and the dataset is rich, the study has a number of major issues that require substantial improvement. In several instances, the authors conclude that there are no sex-associated differences for specific parameters, yet inspection of the data suggests visible trends that are not properly quantified. The authors should either apply more appropriate statistical approaches to test these trends or provide stronger evidence that the observed differences are not significant. In other analyses, the authors report the differences between sexes based on a pulled analysis of TCR sequences from all the donors, which could result in differences driven by one or two single donors (e.g., having particular HLA variants) rather than reflect sex-related differences.

Strengths:

The key strength of this work is the newly generated dataset of TCR repertoires from sorted thymocyte subsets (DP and SP populations). This approach enables the authors to distinguish between biases in TCR generation (DP) and thymic selection (SP). Bulk TCR sequencing allows deeper repertoire coverage than single-cell approaches, which is valuable here, although the absence of TRA-TRB pairing and HLA context limits the interpretability of antigen specificity analyses. Importantly, this dataset represents a valuable community resource and should be openly deposited rather than being "available upon request."

Weaknesses:

Major:

(1) The authors state that there is "no clear separation in PCA for both TRA and TRB across all subsets." However, Figure 2 shows a visible separation for DP thymocytes (especially TRA, and to a lesser degree TRB) and also for TRA of Tregs. This apparent structure should be acknowledged and discussed rather than dismissed.

(2) Supplementary Figures 2-5 involve many comparisons, yet no correction for multiple testing appears to be applied. After appropriate correction, all the reported differences would likely lose significance. These analyses must be re-evaluated with proper multiple-testing correction, and apparent differences should be tested for reproducibility in an external dataset (for example, the pediatric thymus and peripheral blood repertoires later used for motif validation).

(3) Supplementary Figure 6 suggests that women consistently show higher Rényi entropies across all subsets. Although individual p-values are borderline, the consistent direction of change is notable. The authors should apply an integrated statistical test across subsets (for example, a mixed-effects model) to determine whether there is an overall significant trend toward higher diversity in females.

(4) Figures 4B and S8 clearly indicate enrichment of hydrophobic residues in female CDR3s for both TRA and TRB (excluding alanine, which is not strongly hydrophobic). Because CDR3 hydrophobicity has been linked to increased cross-reactivity and self-reactivity (see, e.g., Stadinski et al., Nat Immunol 2016), this observation is biologically meaningful and consistent with higher autoimmune susceptibility in females.

(5) The majority of "hundreds of sex-specific motifs" are probably donor-specific motifs confounded by HLA restriction. This interpretation is supported by the failure to validate motifs in external datasets (pediatric thymus, peripheral blood). The authors should restrict analysis to public motifs (shared across multiple donors) and report the number of donors contributing to each motif.

(6) When comparing TCRs to VDJdb or other databases, it is critical to consider HLA restriction. Only database matches corresponding to epitopes that can be presented by the donor's HLA should be counted. The authors must either perform HLA typing or explicitly discuss this limitation and how it affects their conclusions.

(7) Although the age distributions of male and female donors are similar, the key question is whether HLA alleles are similarly distributed. If women in the cohort happen to carry autoimmune-associated alleles more often, this alone could explain observed repertoire differences. HLA typing and HLA comparison between sexes are therefore essential.

(8) In some analyses (e.g., Figures 8C-D) data are shown per donor, while others (e.g., Fig. 8A-B) pool all sequences. This inconsistency is concerning. The apparent enrichment of autoimmune or bacterial specificities in females could be driven by one or two donors with particular HLAs. All analyses should display donor-level values, not pooled data.

(9) The reported enrichment of matches to certain specificities relative to the database composition is conceptually problematic. Because the reference database has an arbitrary distribution of epitopes, enrichment relative to it lacks biological meaning. HLA distribution in the studied patients and HLA restrictions of antigens in the database could be completely different, which could alone explain enrichment and depletions for particular specificities. Moreover, differences in Pgen distributions across epitopes can produce apparent enrichment artifacts. Exact matches typically correspond to high-Pgen "public" sequences; thus, the enrichment analysis may simply reflect variation in Pgen of specific TCRs (i.e., fraction of high-Pgen TCRs) across epitopes rather than true selection. Consequently, statements such as "We observed a significant enrichment of unique TRB CDR3aa sequences specific to self-antigens" should be removed.

(10) The overrepresentation of self-specific TCRs in females is the manuscript's most interesting finding, yet it is not described in detail. The authors should list the corresponding self-antigens, indicate which autoimmune diseases they relate to, and show per-donor distributions of these matches.

(11) The concept of polyspecificity is controversial. The authors should clearly explain how polyspecific TCRs were defined in this study and highlight that the experimental evidence supporting true polyspecificity is very limited (e.g., just a single TCR from Figure 5 from Quiniou et al.).

Minor:

(1) Clarify why the Pgen model was used only for DP and CD8 subsets and not for others.

(2) The Methods section should define what a "high sequence reliability score" is and describe precisely how the "harmonized" database was constructed.

(3) The statement "we generated 20,000 permuted mixed-sex groups" is unclear. It is not evident how this permutation corrects for individual variation or sex bias. A more appropriate approach would be to train the Pgen model separately for each individual's nonproductive sequences (if the number of sequences is large enough).

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

This is a careful, well-powered treatment of age effects in resting-state MEG. Rather than extracting (say) complex connectivity measures, the authors look at the 'simplest possible thing': changes in the overall power spectrum across age.

Strengths:

They find significant age-related changes at different frequency bands: broadly, attenuation at low-frequency (alpha) and increased beta. These patterns are identified in a large dataset (CamCAN) and then verified in other public data.

Weaknesses:

Some secondary interpretations (what is "unique" to age vs global anatomy) may go beyond what the statistics strictly warrant in the current form, but these can be tightened with (I think, fairly quick) additions already foreshadowed by the authors' own analyses.

Aims:

The authors set out to replace piecemeal, band-by-band ageing claims with t-maps, and Cohen's f2 over sensors×frequency ("GLM-Spectrum").

On CamCAN, six spatio-spectral peaks survive relatively strict statistical controls. The larger effects are in low-frequency and upper-alpha/beta ranges (f2 approx 0.2-0.3), while lower-alpha and gamma reach significance but with small practical impact (f2 < 0.075). A nice finding is that the same qualitative profile appears in three additional independent datasets.

Two analyses are especially interesting. First, the authors show a difference between absolute and relative spectral magnitude (basically, within-subject normalization). Relative scaling sharpens the spectral specificity of the spatial maps, while absolute magnitude is dominated by a broad spatial mode that correlates positively across frequencies, likely reflecting head-position/field-spread factors. The replication of the main age profile is robust to preprocessing decisions (e.g., SSS movement compensation choices) - the bigger determinant of the effect is whether they apply sensor normalization (relative vs absolute).

Second, lots of brain-related things might be related to age, and the authors spend some time trying to back out confounds/covariates. This section is handled transparently (in general, I found the writing style very clear throughout) - they examine single covariates (sex, BP, GGMV, etc.) and compare simple vs partial age effects. For example, aging is correlated with reductions in global grey-matter volume (GGMV), but it would be nice to find a measure that is independent of this: controlling for GGMV (via a linear model) reduces age-related effect sizes heterogeneously across space/frequency but does not eliminate them, a nuance the authors treat carefully.

This is a nice paper, and I have only a few concrete suggestions:

(1) High-gamma:

There can be a lot of EMG / eye movement contamination (I know these were RS eyes closed data, but still..) above 30-40 Hz, and these effects are the weakest anyway. Could you add an analysis (e.g., ICA/label-based muscle component removal) and show the gamma band's sensitivity to that step? Or just note this point more clearly?

(2) GGMV confound control:

Controlling for GGMV reduces, but does not eliminate, age effects. I have a few questions about this: a) Could we see the residuals as a function of age? I wonder if there are non-linear effects or something else that the regression is not accounting for. Also, b) GGMV and age are highly colinear - is this an issue? Can regression really split them apart robustly? I think by some cunning orthogonalisation, you can compute the effect of age independent of GGVM. I don't think this is the same as the effect 'adjusted' for GGMV (which is what is shown here if I'm reading it correctly). Finally, of course, GGMV might actually be the thing you want to look at (because it might more accurately reflect clinical issues) - so strong correlations are not really a problem: I think really the focus might even be on using MEG to predict GGMV and controlling for age.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

This paper describes the application of the "GLM-Spectrum" mass univariate approach to examine the effects of age on M/EEG power spectra. Its strengths include promotion of the unbiased approach, suitable for future meta/mega-analyses, and the provision of effect sizes for powering future studies. These are useful contributions to the literature. What is perhaps lacking is a discussion of the limitations of this approach, in comparison to other methods.

An analogy is the mass univariate approach to spatial localisation of effects in fMRI/PET images. This approach is unbiased by prior assumptions about the organisation of the brain, but potentially also less sensitive, by ignoring that prior knowledge. For example, a voxelwise univariate approach is less sensitive to detecting effects in functionally homogeneous brain regions, where SNR can be increased by averaging over voxels. In the context of power spectra, the authors' approach deliberately ignores knowledge about the dominant frequency bands/oscillations in human power spectra. This is in contrast to approaches like FOOOF and IRASA, which explicitly parametrise frequency components. I am not saying these methods are better; I just think that the authors should acknowledge that these approaches have advantages over their mass univariate approach (in sensitivity and interpretation; see below). I guess it is a type of bias-sensitivity trade-off: the authors want to avoid bias, but they should acknowledge the corresponding loss of sensitivity, as well as loss of interpretation compared to model-based approaches (i.e, models that parameterise frequency; I don't mean the statistical models for each frequency separately).

An example of the interpretational loss can be seen in the authors' observation of opposite-signed effects of age around the alpha peak. While the authors acknowledge that this pattern can arise from a reduction in alpha frequency with age, this is an indirect inference, and a direct (and likely much more sensitive) approach would be to parametrise and estimate the peak alpha frequency directly for each participant, as done with FOOOF for example (possibly with group priors, as in Medrano et al, 2025, EJN). The authors emphasise the nonlinear effects of age in Figure 2A, but their approach cannot test this directly (e.g., in terms of plotting effects of age on frequency, magnitude, and width for each participant), so for me, this figure illustrates a weakness of their approach, not a strength.

Then I think the section "Two dissociable and opposite effects in the alpha range" in the Discussion section is confusing, because if there is a single reduction in alpha peak frequency and magnitude with age, then there is only one "effect", not "two dissociable" ones. If the authors do want to claim that there are two dissociable age effects within the alpha range, then they need to do a statistical test, e.g., that the topographies of low and high alpha are significantly different. This then reveals another limitation of the mass univariate approach - that space (channel) is not parametrised either - so one cannot test for significant channel x effect interactions within this framework, as necessary to really claim a dissociation (e.g., in underlying neural generators).

While the authors show that normalisation of each person's power spectra by the sum across frequencies helps improve some statistics, they might want to say more about disadvantages of this approach, e.g., loss of sensitivity to any effects (eg of age) that are broadly distributed across majority of frequencies, loss of real SI units (absolute effect sizes) (as well as problems if normalisation were used for techniques like FOOOF, where the 1/f exponent would be affected).

The authors should give more information on how artifactual ICs were defined. This may be important for cardiac artefacts, since Schmidt et al (2004, eLife) have pointed out how "standard" ICA thresholds can fail to remove all cardiac effects. This is very important for the effects of age, given that age affects cardiac dynamics (even though the focus of Schmidt et al is the 1/f exponent, could residual cardiac effects cause artifactual age effects in current results, even above ~1Hz?).

The authors should clarify the precise maxfilter arguments, and explain what "reference" was used for the "trans" option - e.g., did the authors consider transforming the data to match a sphere at the centre of the helmet, which might not only remove some of the global power differences due to different head positions, but also be best for generalisation of the effect sizes they report to future studies (assuming the centre of the helmet is the most likely location on average)? And on that matter, did head positions actually differ by age at all?

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

The manuscript investigates how exogenous attention modulates spatial frequency sensitivity within the foveola. Using high-precision eye-tracking and gaze-contingent stimulus control, the authors show that exogenous attention selectively improves contrast sensitivity for low- to mid-range spatial frequencies (4-8 cycles/degree), but not for higher frequencies (12-20 CPD). In contrast, improvements in asymptotic performance at the highest contrast levels occur across all spatial frequencies. These results suggest that, even within the foveola, exogenous attention operates through a mechanism similar to that observed in peripheral vision, preferentially enhancing lower spatial frequencies.

Strengths:

The study shows strong methodological rigor. Eye position was carefully controlled, and the stimulus generation and calibration were highly precise. The authors also situate their work well within the existing literature, providing a clear rationale for examining the fine-grained effects of exogenous attention within the foveola. The combination of high spatial precision, gaze-contingent presentation, and detailed modeling makes this a valuable technical contribution.

Weaknesses:

The manipulation of attention raises some interpretive concerns. Clarifying this issue, together with additional detail about statistics, participant profiles, other methodological elements, and further discussion in relation to oculomotor control in general, could broaden the impact of the findings.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

This study aims to test whether foveal and non-foveal vision share the same mechanisms for endogenous attention. Specifically, they aim to test whether they can replicate at the foveola previous results regarding the effects of exogenous attention for different spatial frequencies.

Strengths:

Monitoring the exact place where the gaze is located at this scale requires very precise eye-tracking methods and accurate and stable calibration. This study uses state-of-the-art methods to achieve this goal. The study builds on many other studies that show similarities between foveal vision and non-foveal vision, adding more data supporting this parallel.

Weaknesses:

The study lacks a discussion of the strength of the effect and how it relates to previous studies done away from the fovea. It would be valuable to know if not just the range of frequencies, but the size of the effect is also comparable.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

Summary:

This paper explores how spatial attention affects foveal information processing across different spatial frequencies. The results indicate that exogenously directed attention enhances contrast sensitivity for low- to mid-range spatial frequencies (4-8 CPD), with no significant benefits for higher spatial frequencies (12-20 CPD). However, asymptotic performance increased as a result of spatial attention independently of spatial frequency.

Strengths:

The strengths of this article lie in its methodological approach, which combines a psychophysical experiment with precise control over the information presented in the foveola.

Weaknesses:

The authors acknowledge that they used the standard approach of analyzing observer-averaged data, but recognize that this method has limitations: it ignores the uncertainty associated with parameter estimates and the relationships between different parameters of the psychometric model. This may affect the interpretation of attentional effects. In the future, mixed-effects models at the trial level could overcome these limitations.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

The study from Wu and Turrigiano investigates how disruption of taste coding in a mouse model of autism spectrum disorders (ASDs) affects aversive learning in the context of a conditioned taste aversion (CTA) paradigm. The experiments combine 2-photon calcium imaging of neurons in the gustatory portion of the anterior insular cortex (i.e., gustatory cortex) with behavioral training and testing. The authors rely on Shank3 knockout mice as a model for ASDs. The authors found that Shank3 mice learn CTA more slowly and extinguish the memory more rapidly than control subjects. Calcium imaging identified impairments in taste-evoked activity associated with memory encoding and extinction. During memory encoding, the authors found less suppressed neuronal activity and increased correlated variability in Shank3 mice compared to controls. During extinction, they observed a faster loss of taste selectivity and degradation of taste discriminability in mutants compared to controls.

Strengths:

This is a well-written manuscript that presents interesting findings. The results on the learning and extinction deficits in Shank3 mice are of particular interest. Analyses of neural activity are well conducted and provide important information on the type of impaired cortical activity that may correlate with behavioral deficits.

Weaknesses:

(1) The experiments rely on three groups: CS-only WT, CTA WT, and CTA KO. Can the authors provide a rationale for not having a CS-only KO group?

(2) The authors design an effective behavioral paradigm comparing consumption of water and saccharin and tracking extinction (Figure 3). This paradigm shows differences in licking across distinct behavioral conditions. For instance, during T1, licking to water strongly differs from licking to saccharin for both WT and KO. During T2, licking to water strongly differs from licking to saccharin only for WT (much less for KO), and licking to saccharin in WT differs from that in KO. These differences in taste sampling across conditions could contribute to some of the effects on neural activity and discriminability reported in Figures 5 and 6. That is sucrose and water trials may be highly discriminable because in one case the mouse licks and in the other it does not (or licks much less). The author may want to address this issue.

(3) Are there any omission trials following CTA? If so, they should be quantified and reported. How are the omission trials treated with regard to the analyses?

(4) The authors describe the extinction paradigm as "alternative choice". In decision-making, alternative choice paradigms typically require 2 lateral spouts to report decisions following the sampling from a central spout. To avoid confusion, the authors may want to define their paradigm as alternative sampling.

(5) Figure 4 reports that CTA increases the proportion of neurons that consistently respond to saccharin and water across days. While the saccharin result could be an effect of aversive learning, it is less clear why the phenomenon would generalize to water as well. Can the authors provide an explanation?

(6) The recordings are performed in the part of the anterior insular cortex that is typically defined as "gustatory cortex" (GC). Given the functional heterogeneity of the anterior insular cortex (AIC) and given that the authors do not sample all of the anteroposterior extent of AIC, I would suggest being more explicit about their positioning in GC. Also, some citations (e.g., Gogolla et al, 2014) refer to the posterior insular cortex, which is considered more inherently multimodal than GC. GC multimodality is typically associative in nature, as only a few neurons respond to sound and light in naïve animals.

(7) It would be useful to add summary figures showing the extent of viral spread as well as GRIN lens placement.

(8) I encourage the authors to add Ns every time percentages are reported. How many neurons have been recorded in each condition? Can the authors provide the average number of neurons recorded per session and per animal?

(9) It looks like some animals learned more than others (Figure 1E or Figure 3C). Is it possible to compare neural activity across animals that showed different degrees of learning?

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Wu and Turrigiano investigated how cortical taste coding during conditioned taste aversion (CTA) learning is affected in Shank3 knockout (KO) mice, a model of monogenic ASD. Using longitudinal two-photon calcium imaging of AIC neurons, the authors show that Shank3 KO mice exhibit reduced suppression of activity in a subset of neurons and a higher correlated variability in neural activity. This is accompanied by slower learning and faster extinction of aversive taste memories. These results suggest that Shank3 loss compromises the flexibility and stability of cortical representations underlying adaptive behaviour.

Major strengths:

(1) Conceptual significance: The study connects a molecular ASD risk gene (Shank3) to flexible sensory encoding, bridging genetics, systems neuroscience, and behaviour.

(2) Technical rigour: Longitudinal calcium imaging with cell-registration across learning and extinction sessions is technically demanding and well-executed.

(3) Behavioural paradigm: The use of both acquisition and extinction paradigms provides a more nuanced picture of learning dynamics.

(4) Analyses: Correlated variability, discriminability indices, and population decoding analyses are robust and appropriate for addressing behavioural and network-level coding changes.

Major weaknesses:

(1) Causality: The paper infers that increased correlated variability causes learning deficits, but no causal tests (e.g., optogenetic modulation of inhibition or interneuron rescue) are presented to confirm this.

(2) Behavioural scope: The study focuses exclusively on taste aversion; generalisation to other flexible learning paradigms (e.g., reversal or probabilistic tasks) is not addressed.

(3) Mechanistic insights: While providing interesting findings of altered sensory perception and extinction of learning-related signals in AIC, it offered nearly no mechanistic insights. This makes the interpretation, especially on how generalisable these findings are, difficult. Also, different reported findings are "potentially" connected, but the exact relation between increased correlated variability and faster loss of taste selectivity cannot be assessed.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

In this study, Wu & Turrigiano investigate an ethologically relevant form of associative learning (conditioned taste aversion - CTA) and its extinction in the Shank3 KO mouse model of ASD. They also examine the underlying circuits in the anterior insular cortex (AIC) simultaneously, using two-photon calcium imaging through a GRIN lens. They report that Shank3 KO mice learn CTA slower and suggest that this is mediated by a reduction in tastant-stimulus activity suppression of AIC neurons and a reduced signal-to-noise ratio due to increased noise correlations in AIC neurons. Interestingly, once Shank3 KO mice acquire CTA, they extinguish the aversive memory more rapidly than wild-type mice. This accelerated extinction is accompanied by a faster loss of neuronal and population-level taste selectivity and coding in the AIC compared to WT mice.

This is an important study that uses in vivo methods to assess circuit dysfunction in a mouse model of ASD, related to sensory perception valence (in this case, taste). The study is well executed, the data are of high quality, and the analytical procedures are detailed. Furthermore, the behavioural paradigm is well thought out, particularly the approach for assessing extinction through repeated retrieval sessions (T1-T5), which effectively tests discrimination between saccharin and water rather than relying solely on lick counts or total consumption as a measure of extinction. Finally, the statistical tests used are appropriate and justified.

There is, however, a missing link between the behavioural findings and the underlying mechanisms. More specifically:

(1) The authors don't make a causal link between the behaviour and AIC neurophysiology, both the percentage of suppressed cells and the coactivity measurements. For the % of suppressed cells, it seems that both WT and KO cells are suppressed in the transition between CST1 and CST2 (Figure 1L), yet only the WT mice exhibit CTA (at least by CST2). For the taste-elicited coactivity measure, it seems that there is an increase in coactivity from CST1 to CST2 in WT (Figure 2C - blue, although not statistically tested?), but persistently higher coactivity in KO. Is this change of coactivity in WT important for the expression of CTA? Plotting behavioral performance (from Figure 1G) against coactivity (from Figure 2C) for each animal would be informative.

(2) Shank3 KO cells already show an increase in baseline coactivity (Figure 2- figure supplement 1), and the authors never examine CS-only responses in the KO group, therefore making it difficult to determine whether elevated coactivity and noise correlations reflect a generalized AIC abnormality in Shank3 KOs (perhaps through impaired PV-mediated inhibition in insular cortex - Gogolla et al, 2014) that is not directly responsible/related to CTA?

(3) How do the authors interpret the large range of lick ratios (Figure 1G) for WT (almost bi-modal distribution)? Is there a within-subject correlation with any of the neurophysiological measurements to suggest a relationship between AIC neurophysiology and behavioural expression of CTA?

(4) Indeed, CTA appears to be successfully achieved for Shank3 KO mice delayed by 1 day, as the level of saccharin aversion during the first retrieval session (T1) is comparable between Shank3 KO and WTs. In this context, not extending the first part of the paradigm to include CST3 seems to be a missed opportunity. Doing so would have allowed for within-cell and within-subject comparison of taste-elicited pairwise correlation across the learning and to investigate the neural mechanism of delayed extinction in KOs more effectively.

(5) How to interpret Figure 5F: Absolute discriminability is lower for T5 for CTA WT and CTA KO compared to CS-only? Why would AIC neurons have less information on taste identity by the end of extinction than during the unconditioned (CS-only) condition? And if that is the case, how is decoding accuracy in Figure 6C higher in T5 for CTA WT vs CS-only?

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

In the ecological interactions between wild plants and specialized herbivorous insects, structural innovation-based diversification of secondary metabolites often occurs. In this study, Agrawal et al. utilized two milkweed species (Asclepias curassavica and Asclepias incarnata) and the specialist Monarch butterfly (Danaus plexippus) as a model system to investigate the effects of two N,S-cardenolides - formed through structural diversification and innovation in A. curassavica-on the growth, feeding, and chemical sequestration of D. plexippus, compared to other conventional cardenolides. Additionally, the study examined how cardenolide diversification resulting from the formation of N,S-cardenolides influences the growth and sequestration of D. plexippus. On this basis, the research elucidates the ecophysiological impact of toxin diversity in wild plants on the detoxification and transport mechanisms of highly adapted herbivores.

Strengths:

The study is characterized by the use of milkweed plants and the specialist Monarch butterfly, which represent a well-established model in chemical ecology research. On one hand, these two organisms have undergone extensive co-evolutionary interactions; on the other hand, the butterfly has developed a remarkable capacity for toxin sequestration. The authors, building upon their substantial prior research in this field and earlier observations of structural evolutionary innovation in cardenolides in A. curassavica, proposed two novel ecological hypotheses. While experimentally validating these hypotheses, they introduced the intriguing concept of a "non-additive diversity effect" of trace plant secondary metabolites when mixed, contrasting with traditional synergistic perspectives, in their impact on herbivores.

Weaknesses:

The manuscript has two main weaknesses. First, as a study reliant on the control of compound concentrations, the authors did not provide sufficient or persuasive justification for their selection of the natural proportions (and concentrations) of cardenolides. The ratios of these compounds likely vary significantly across different environmental conditions, developmental stages, pre- and post-herbivory, and different plant tissues. The ecological relevance of the "natural proportions" emphasized by the authors remains questionable. Furthermore, the same compound may even exert different effects on herbivorous insects at different concentrations. The authors should address this issue in detail within the Introduction, Methods, or Discussion sections.

Second, the study was conducted using leaf discs in an in vitro setting, which may not accurately reflect the responses of Monarch butterflies on living plants. This limitation undermines the foundation for the novel ecological theory proposed by the authors. If the observed phenomena could be validated using specifically engineered plant lines-such as those created through gene editing, knockdown, or overexpression of key enzymes involved in the synthesis of specific N,S-cardenolides - the findings would be substantially more compelling.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

This study examined the effects of several cardenolides, including N,S-ring containing variants, on sequestration and performance metrics in monarch larvae. The authors confirm that some cardenolides, which are toxic to non-adapted herbivores, are sequestered by monarchs and enhance performance. Interestingly, N,S-ring-containing cardenolides did not have the same effects and were poorly sequestered, with minimal recovery in frass, suggesting an alternate detoxification or metabolic strategy. These N,S-containing compounds are also known to be less potent defences against non-adapted herbivores. The authors further report that mixtures of cardenolides reduce herbivore performance and sequestration compared to single compounds, highlighting the important role of phytochemical diversity in shaping plant-herbivore interactions.

Overall, this study is clearly written, well-conducted and has the potential to make a valuable contribution to the field. However, I have one major concern regarding the interpretations of the mixture results. From what I understand of the methods, all tested mixtures contain all five compounds. As such, it is not possible to determine whether reduced performance and sequestration result from the complete mixture or from the presence of a single compound, such as voruscharin for performance and uscharin for sequestration. For instance, if all compounds except voruscharin (or uscharin) were combined, would the same pattern emerge? I suspect not, since the effects of the individual N,S-containing compounds alone are generally similar to those of the full mixture (Figure S3). By taking the average of all single compounds, the individual effects of the N,S-containing ones are being inflated by the non-N,S-containing ones (in the main text, Figure 4). In the mix, of course, they are not being 'diluted', as they are always present. This interpretation is further supported by the fact that in the equimolar mix, the relative proportion of voruscharin decreases (from 50% in the 'real mix'), and the target measurements of performance and sequestration tend to increase in the equimolar mix compared to the real mix.

Despite this issue, the discussion of mixtures in the context of plant defence against both adapted and non-adapted herbivores is fascinating and convincing. The rationale that mixtures may serve as a chemical tool-kit that targets different sets of herbivores is compelling. The non-N,S cardenolides are effective against non-adapted herbivores and the N,S-containing cardenolides are effective against adapted herbivores. However, the current experiments focus exclusively on an adapted species. It would be especially interesting to test whether such mixtures reduce overall herbivory when both adapted and non-adapted species are present.

It remains possible that mixtures, even in the absence of voruscharin or uscharin, genuinely reduce sequestration or performance; however, this would need to be tested directly to address the abovementioned concern.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Bajohr and colleagues propose a transcription factor-driven approach to generating bonafide oligodendrocyte lineage cells (OLCs) from primary mouse astrocytes. Ectopic expression of Olig2, Sox10, or Nkx6.2 in isolated astrocytes produced a range of OLC-like cell states, with Sox10 emerging from lineage tracing and single cell RNA sequencing experiments as the most successful transcription factor in driving direct lineage reprogramming. The authors strengthened their claims with an unbiased, deep learning perturbation model to predict genetic drivers of the astrocyte cluster to OLC cluster transition observed in their scRNA seq dataset. Here, Sox10 surfaced in the top ten correlated genes, and the top transcription factor, mediating this fate shift. Altogether, this paper presents an interesting approach to generate OLCs, a cell type historically difficult to procure, from primary mouse astrocytes to study this lineage in development and disease and perhaps repopulate it in dysmyelinating conditions. While this certainly addresses a technical gap in the field, authors defined iOLCs as ones with lineage-specific gene expression and morphological characteristics, lacking any functional analysis to assess the reprogrammed cells' capacity to myelinate. This comment and other critiques are discussed below.

While Sox10 and Mbp expression in iOLCs, as confirmed by IHC, is a promising result suggesting that ectopic Sox10 instructs transduced cells to develop into cells of myelinating potential, functional confirmation is essential. As mentioned in the discussion, the absence of a substrate for myelination may have also contributed to the low DLR efficiency. Co-culturing Sox10 iOLCs with primary neurons and examining the cells' potential to engage and enwrap axons would greatly strengthen the authors' claim that this could be an effective therapeutic approach to myelin regeneration in vivo, or even a technical approach to studying myelin dynamics in vitro.

In Figure 1B, it appears that Mbp expression in tdTomato+ cells decreases in Sox10 transduced iOLs during the observed time period. Can the authors elaborate on this result, given that MBP expression is crucial for myelination and should, if anything, increase with time?

The authors acknowledge that there is a conversion of tdTomato- zsGreen+ cells with an astrocyte-like morphology to OLC cells expressing Mbp following Sox10 induction (Supplementary figure 5C,D). While they note the diversity of the astrocyte lineage in the discussion, further analysis should be applied to this subset of cells to confirm the subset of astrocyte or progenitor-like cell type that gives rise to their cell endpoint of interest (Sox10-driven Mbp+ iOLs).

Finally, ectopic expression of Olig2 and Sox10 in primary astrocytes resulted in very different OLC subtypes, as evidenced by OLC marker expression seen in IHC and the subclustering of these cell types in scRNA seq. Although this diversity in OLC type and generation efficiency follows with previous reports showing that these two transcription factors vary in effect, might the authors further discuss this discrepancy given that the two transcription factors regulate one another (as mentioned in the introduction) and should theoretically give rise to more similar cells? Perhaps due to the lower specificity of Olig2 in marking a pure OLC population relative to Sox10?

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

This study explores the connectivity patterns that could lead to fast and slow undulating swim patterns in larval zebrafish using a simplified theoretical framework. The authors show that a pattern of connectivity based only on inhibition is sufficient to produce realistic patterns with a single frequency. Two such networks couple with inhibition but with distinct time constants can produce a range of frequencies. Adding excitatory connections further increases the range of obtainable frequencies, albeit at the expense of sudden transitions in mid-frequency range.

Strengths:

(1) This is an eloquent approach to answering the question of how spinal locomotor circuits generate coordinated activity using a theoretical approach based on moving bump models of brain activity.

(2) The models make specific predictions on patterns of connectivity while discounting the role of connectivity strength or neuronal intrinsic properties in shaping the pattern.

(3) The models also propose that there is an important association between cell-type-specific intersegmental patterns and the recruitment of speed-selective subpopulations of interneurons.

(4) Having a hierarchy of models creates a compelling argument for explaining rhythmicity at the network level. Each model builds on the last and reveals a new perspective on how network dynamics can control rhythmicity. I liked that each model can be used to probe questions in the next/previous model.

Comments on revisions:

I am very happy to see the simplified biophysical model supporting the original findings. The authors have done an excellent job addressing my comments.

Just a small note, please change C. Elegans to C. elegans.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

The authors aimed to show that connectivity patterns within spinal circuits composed of specific excitatory and inhibitory connectivity and with varying degrees of modularity could achieve tail beats at various frequencies as well as proper left-right coordination and rostrocaudal propagation speeds.

Strengths:

The model is simple and the connectivity patterns explored are well supported by the literature

The conclusions are intuitive and support many experimental studies on zebrafish spinal circuits for swimming. The simulations provide strong support for the sufficiency of connectivity patterns to produce and control many hallmark features of swimming in zebrafish

Weaknesses:

The authors have addressed my previous concerns well. I have no further concerns.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

Summary:

Central pattern generator (CPG) circuits underly rhythmic motor behaviors. Till date, it is thought that these CPG networks are rather local and multiple CPG circuits are serially connected to allow locomotion across the entire body. Distributed CPG networks that incorporate long-range connections have not been proposed although such connectivity has been experimentally shown for several different spinal populations. In this manuscript, the authors use this existing literature on long-range spinal interneuron connectivity to build a new computational model that reproduces basic features of locomotion like left-right alternation, rostrocaudal propagation and independent control of frequency and amplitude. Interestingly, the authors show that a model solely based on inhibitory neurons can recapitulate these basic locomotor features. Excitatory sources were then added that increased the dynamic range of frequencies generated. Finally, the authors were also able to reproduce experimentally observed consequences of cell-type-specific ablations showing that local and long range, cell-type-specific connectivity could be sufficient for generating locomotion.

Strengths:

This work is novel, providing an interesting alternative of distributed CPGs to the local networks traditionally predicted. It shows cell type-specific network connectivity is as important if not more than intrinsic cell properties for rhythmogenesis and that inhibition plays a crucial role in shaping locomotor features. Given the importance of local CPGs in understanding motor control, this alternative concept will be of broad interest to the larger motor control field including invertebrate and vertebrate species.

Weaknesses:

The main weaknesses were addressed in the revision.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

The authors aim to predict ecological suitability for transmission of highly pathogenic avian influenza (HPAI) using ecological niche models. This class of models identify correlations between the locations of species or disease detections and the environment. These correlations are then used to predict habitat suitability (in this work, ecological suitability for disease transmission) in locations where surveillance of the species or disease has not been conducted. The authors fit separate models for HPAI detections in wild birds and farmed birds, for two strains of HPAI (H5N1 and H5Nx) and for two time periods, pre- and post-2020. The authors also validate models fitted to disease occurrence data from pre-2020 using post-2020 occurrence data.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

The geographic range of highly pathogenic avian influenza cases changed substantially around the period 2020, and there is much interest in understanding why. Since 2020 the pathogen irrupted in the Americas and the distribution in Asia changed dramatically. This study aimed to determine which spatial factors (environmental, agronomic and socio-economic) explain the change in numbers and locations of cases reported since 2020 (2020--2023). That's a causal question which they address by applying correlative environmental niche modelling (ENM) approach to the avian influenza case data before (2015--2020) and after 2020 (2020--2023) and separately for confirmed cases in wild and domestic birds. To address their questions they compare the outputs of the respective models, and those of the first global model of the HPAI niche published by Dhingra et al 2016.

ENM is a correlative approach useful for extrapolating understandings based on sparse geographically referenced observational data over un- or under-sampled areas with similar environmental characteristics in the form of a continuous map. In this case, because the selected covariates about land cover, use, population and environment are broadly available over the entire world, modelled associations between the response and those covariates can be projected (predicted) back to space in the form of a continuous map of the HPAI niche for the entire world.

Strengths:

The authors are clear about expected bias in the detection of cases, such geographic variation in surveillance effort (testing of symptomatic or dead wildlife, testing domestic flocks) and in general more detections near areas of higher human population density (because if a tree falls in a forest and there is no-one there, etc), and take steps to ameliorate those. The authors use boosted regression trees to implement the ENM, which typically feature among the best performing models for this application (also known as habitat suitability models). They ran replicate sets of the analysis for each of their model targets (wild/domestic x pathogen variant), which can help produce stable predictions. Their code and data is provided, though I did not verify that the work was reproducible.

The paper can be read as a partial update to the first global model of H5Nx transmission by Dhingra and others published in 2016 and explicitly follows many methodological elements. Because they use the same covariate sets as used by Dhingra et al 2016 (including the comparisons of the performance of the sets in spatial cross-validation) and for both time periods of interest in the current work, comparison of model outputs is possible. The authors further facilitate those comparisons with clear graphics and supplementary analyses and presentation. The models can also be explored interactively at a weblink provided in text, though it would be good to see the model training data there too.

The authors' comparison of ENM model outputs generated from the distinct HPAI case datasets is interesting and worthwhile, though for me, only as a response to differently framed research questions.

Weaknesses:

This well-presented and technically well-executed paper has one major weakness to my mind. I don't believe that ENM models were an appropriate tool to address their stated goal, which was to identify the factors that "explain" changing HPAI epidemiology.

Comments on the revised version from the editors:

We are extremely grateful to the authors for presenting a thoughtful and respectful point by point rebuttal to the prior reviewers' comments. After reading these comments carefully, we conclude that there is a straightforward strongly held disagreement between the authors and the reviewers as to the validity of the methods (Ecological Niche Modeling) for this particular dataset. Please note that the two reviewers have substantial expertise in the area of Ecologic Niche Modeling. We elected not to reach out to the reviewers for a third set of comments as we do not think their overall opinions will change, and wish to be respectful of their time.

To allow readers a balanced assessment of the paper, we intend to publish your rebuttal comments in full. It is our hope that interested readers can weigh both sides of this respectful and interesting debate in order to reach their own conclusions about the strength of evidence presented in your manuscript.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

Davis and co-authors used many mouse models to investigate mechanisms that regulate the contractility of mouse popliteal collecting vessels, primarily chronotropy. Many of the mechanisms studied were previously shown to regulate pressure-induced constriction in small arteries. The authors use prior literature from the vasculature as a framework to test similar concepts in lymphatic vessels. The mouse models used provide evidence for and against the involvement of multiple proteins in regulating chronotropy and other contractile properties in lymphatic vessels. They propose that mechano-activation of GNAQ/GNA11-coupled GPCRs generates IP3, which induces Ca2+ release through IP3R1 and drives depolarization through the activation of ANO1 Cl- channels. Major concerns include the author's major conclusion that GNAQ/GNA11-coupled GPCRs contribute to chronotropy. This conclusion is not supported by the data presented.

Strengths:

One major strength of the study lies in the vast number of mouse knockout models that were used to test the importance of ion channels and G protein signaling pathways in the regulation of lymphatic vessel contractility. In this regard, the study is a valiant effort. The authors achieved several objectives to find that ANO1 and IP3R1 regulate chronotropy, and many other potential proteins do not regulate chronotropy. This study will have a major impact on the field if additional support for G proteins is provided.

Weaknesses:

Major conclusions concerning the involvement of G proteins are drawn from the global Gna11 knockout mouse models. This conclusion is weak. Global Gna11 knockout mice are highly likely to have a multifactorial phenotype that could create significant differences in the data. Control experiments need to be performed on vessels from the global knockout mice if these major conclusions are to be made. Similarly, pharmacological tools or alternative approaches to manipulate G proteins should be used to support the data from these mouse models to draw these major conclusions.

The Gnaq smKO mice are the most specific G protein model studied here. However, there is no phenotype. Do not discuss trends in the data. If the data are not significant, conclude so. If more experiments are required to reach significance, provide more data in the manuscript.

The conclusions repeatedly refer to a signaling pathway wherein the upstream component is GPCRs, which activate G proteins. While this may be the case, no GPCRs were identified here, and the involvement of G proteins is questionable, as the authors outline in lines 693-695 and noted above. The conclusions should be tempered, including in the abstract, unless additional experiments are performed to support the involvement of G proteins. Perhaps then the authors may be able to infer that GPCRs are involved.

Line 318. The point regarding the choice to use popliteal vessels versus IALVs will be unclear to the uninitiated, particularly as the authors previously used IALVs. Including additional justification in the text and/or data from IALVs in Figure 1, which compares IALVs to popliteal vessels, would better explain the logic.

The conclusions drawn for TRPC6 and TRPC3 are less convincing. Germline global knockout mice, which are known to undergo compensation, were used, and high data variability is apparent. Using TRPC3 and TRPC6 blockers in the mouse models studied in Figure 4 would strengthen the arguments made regarding these proteins.

Did you perform power analysis to ensure that experimental numbers were sufficient to conclude that no statistical difference exists between datasets? If not, this needs to be done. For example, data shown in Figure 5C for tone and 6C for frequency and tone appear to be significantly different, but are concluded not to be so.

At the end of each result section, a concluding statement is made regarding the effects on pressure-induced chronotrophy. In many cases, there are additional effects of manipulating protein expression on other contractile properties. One example is for TRPC3 and TRPC6 (lines 414-416), but others are TRPV4, TRPV3, ENaC, Kir, Cav3.1/3.2, etc. Some interpretation is in the Discussion, but the concluding statements at the end of each result section should be expanded to summarize what the authors think the other significant differences in the data represent.

Kv7.4 channels. You state you have data (not shown) with linopiridine and XE991. Why not show those results here to support the experiments with the Kcnq4 smKO mice? Otherwise, I suggest you remove the statement from the unpublished data.

Figure 13A. Kcnj2 is modestly expressed in LECs, but very little is present in LMCs. This likely underlies the effect of barium. If you remove the endothelium, does the effect of barium disappear? While this is not the major focus of the study, the effects of barium are dramatic, and it should be made clear whether this is due to inhibition of Kir channels in smooth muscle or endothelial cells.

Figure 18C tone. Several values for losartan look different but are not labelled as such. Please clarify and discuss if different.

The manuscript should include raw data traces in figures that show the major pathways that you conclude regulate chronotropy.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

In this study, Davis et al. embarked on the quest for the molecular elements responsible for the regulation of lymphatic phasic contractile activity in response to variation of transmural pressure, a mechanism (termed pressure-induced lymphatic chronotropy by the authors) critical for drainage of interstitial fluid from the tissue and transport of lymph back to the blood circulation. Their aim was to investigate the mechanism(s) involved in the pressure-induced regulation of lymphatic pumping, and test whether activation of cation channels, shown in other systems to play mechanosensitive roles are directly at play, and/or whether mechano-activation of GNAQ/GNA11-coupled GPCRs is necessary to generate second messengers to activate those channels, as it has been suggested for the regulation of myogenic tone in arteries. To achieve their goal, the authors used their well-described, highly reliable protocols of mouse lymphatic vessel isolation, pressure myography, and data acquisition to obtain frequency-pressure relationships and other contractile function parameters from transgenic mice where specific channels or molecular elements of interest have been ablated. They combined these data with scRNAseq analysis of these gene targets to determine their respective role and levels of expression in lymphatic muscle cells. Their conclusion is that none of the exhaustive list of tested ion channels was critical, except ANO1 Cl channels, part of the contractile pacemaker mechanism, but that transmural pressure activates GNAQ/GNA11-coupled GPCRs, which generate IP3 to induce SR Ca2+ release through IP3R1 and activate ANO1-mediated depolarization.

Strengths:

The manuscript's strengths reside primarily in very robust, clean, and unequivocal pressure myography data and analysis. The research team is mastering these techniques they developed more than a decade ago and have implemented in mouse lymphatics to study their contractile properties, with consistent and convincing outcomes. They also provide data from an impressive list of transgenic mice in order to determine the role of the targeted gene in pressure-induced lymphatic chronotropy, relying on pharmacological small molecule inhibitors only when necessary. Finally, the use of scRNAseq analysis they gathered from previously published datasets brings novelty with respect to the expression of the genes of interest in all populations of cells comprising the lymphatic vessels, but more critically, to validate or contrast the potential impact of genetic alteration of the given gene on the ability of lymphatic muscles to respond to a change in pressure.

Weaknesses:

The main weakness may reside in the fact that while the authors provide a convincing demonstration that GNAQ/GNA11 are involved in the regulation of the F-P relationship, they give little evidence of the involvement of "upstream" receptors. Indeed, inhibition of AT1R, shown to be involved in myogenic regulation of arteries (a phenomenon the authors rightfully compare to pressure-induced lymphatic chronotropy), didn't lead toa similar effect (decrease in F-P) in lymphatic vessels. Arguably, other GPCRs might be involved in lymphatic vessels, but as such information is not provided in the manuscript, the author's conclusions should be dampened. More in-depth discussion would be required. In fact, it can be argued that the discussion is very restricted with respect to the amount of data and information the manuscript provides.

Overall, the authors convincingly achieved their aim by performing an impressive number of technically challenging experiments, leading to solid datasets. While these support their main conclusions, a more elaborate discussion might be required to refine them.

This study is likely to have an important impact on the field as it provides some answers to the lingering question of how lymphatic vessels regulate their contractile activity to variation in transmural pressure and certainly proposes an experimental means to further explore and address that question.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

In this manuscript, Davis and colleagues aimed to identify the molecular sensors and signaling cascade that enable collecting lymphatic vessels to increase their spontaneous contraction frequency in response to intraluminal pressure (pressure-induced chronotropy). They tested whether the process is similar to blood vessel myogenic constriction by relying on cation channels (TRPC6, TRPM4, PKD2, PIEZO1, etc.) or instead require the activation of G-protein-coupled receptors (presumably mechanosensitive GNAQ/GNA11-coupled receptors), using ex vivo pressure myography of mouse popliteal lymphatics, smooth muscle-specific conditional knockouts, quantitative PCR validation, and single-cell RNA sequencing for target prioritization. The authors convincingly demonstrate that pressure-induced chronotropy does not require the cation channels implicated in arterial myogenic tone but is blunted by deletion of GNAQ/GNA11 or IP3 receptor 1, supporting a model of GPCR > IP3 > Ca2+ release > Cl⁻ channel activation > depolarization. The core conclusion is robust. The work redefines lymphatic pacemaking as G-protein-coupled receptor-dependent mechanotransduction, distinct from arterial mechanisms, and provides a genetically validated toolkit that is useful for studying lymphatic function and dysfunction.

Strengths:

(1) The data are of high quality and highly sensitive functional readouts

(2) The systematic genetic targeting is a major strength that overcomes pharmacological artifacts

(3) Careful quantitative analyses of frequency-pressure slopes

Weaknesses:

(1) The use of inguinal-axillary vessels for single-cell RNA sequencing rather than the popliteal segment studied functionally.

(2) No direct testing of the specific G-protein-coupled receptor involved.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

The work of Bechara Rahme and colleagues provides an explanation as to how bacterially infected flies eventually die. While widespread tissue and multiorgan damage are to be expected in the latest stages of a systemic infection, the mechanisms leading to the host's death remain unresolved. To this end, this work illustrates the role of PrtA, a metalloproteinase found within Outer Membrane Vesicles (OMVs) secreted by Serratia marcescens, in inducing neuronal apoptosis and paralysis before death. Another interesting aspect of the work is the compromise of blood blood-brain barrier (BBB) by OMVs. BBB is different between mammals and flies; however, it merits scientific attention.

Strengths:

The strength of evidence lies in a wealth of experiments involving disparate innate immune mechanisms that either contribute (Imd, PPO1/2, Nox, Duox, SOD2) or oppose (hemocytes and Hayan protease) host defense. Moreover, the role of neuronal JNK and apoptic signaling is shown to contribute to host death.

Genetics is supported by experiments using chemical treatments (Vitamin C and mito-TEMPO) as host-protecting antioxidants, and the biochemical purification and quantification of OMVs and the PrtA protease.

Weaknesses:

However, the reliance on non-isogenised flies to provide quantitative data is unsafe, and at this point, the strength of the evidenceis apparently incomplete. The mutant flies used for the genes Key, Myd88, Hayan, and Nos are doubtfully comparable to the control fly strains used in terms of the general genetic background. The latter is of utmost importance in assessing quantitative traits.

The general background difference between control and test flies is also an issue when using tissue-specific expression via GAL4/UAS, because the UAS lines used are only apparently but not truly isogenic to the w flies used as controls.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

In this manuscript, the authors investigate the mechanisms underlying the virulence of OMVs using a Drosophila model. They reveal a complex interplay between host defenses and OMV pathogenicity. Although the study enhances our understanding of Drosophila innate immunity, additional evidence is needed to strengthen the conclusions.

Strengths:

(1) In Figure 1, Toll pathway mutants infected with OMVs displayed three distinct phenotypic outcomes: mildly enhanced resistance to OMV infection, a response similar to that of the control, or increased susceptibility. Therefore, in addition to Imd and Kenny mutants from the Imd pathway, further mutants, such as Relish and PGRP-LC, should be examined to assess whether the Imd pathway is involved in host defense against OMVs.

(2) Plasmatocytes clear particles via phagocytosis or endocytosis. However, flies lacking all hemocytes showed increased resistance to OMV challenge, raising the question of whether hemocytes actually aid the pathogen. To explore this hypothesis, the uptake of fluorescently tagged OMVs should be examined.

(3) Hayan cleaves PPO into active PO. However, Hayan and PPO mutants exhibit opposite phenotypes upon OMV injection, raising the question of whether OMV-induced pathogenesis is linked to melanization.

(4) Puckered mRNA levels were used as a read-out for JNK pathway activity. A transient induction of the JNK pathway was observed in head and thorax tissues. It would be beneficial if the authors could directly examine JNK activation in neuronal cells using immunostaining for pJNK.

(5) In Figure 4B, the kayak was knocked down using the pan-neuronal driver elav-Gal4. To confirm the specificity and validity of this observation, the experiment should be repeated using another neural-specific driver.

Weaknesses:

It is unclear how many Serratia marcescens cells a 69 nL injection of 0.1 ng/nL OMVs corresponds to.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

Summary:

The authors investigate deficiencies in various immune responses, and also the prtA toxin's role in OMV toxicity. Some key interpretations are that the Imd pathway contributes to preventing OMV toxicity, but not Toll, and that Hayan and Eater somehow mediate OMV or PrtA toxicity. This descriptive effort is a solid set of experiments, although some experimental results may require further validation.

Strengths:

The breadth of experiments tests multiple immune parameters, providing a systematic effort that ensures a number of potentially relevant interactions can be recovered. Certain findings, such as the PrtA toxicity to flies, appear solid, and some interesting findings regarding Hayan and eater will be of interest to the fly immunity field.

Weaknesses:

It appears almost all results rely on the use of a single mutant representing the deletion of the gene. It's not clear if the mutations are always in the same genetic background, but this can be clarified. There are a couple of results that are confusing and may be internally contradicting, and should be additionally validated and clarified.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

The investigators elegantly utilized a single-cell co-assay of RNA and ATAC seq to unveil the heterogeneous gene regulatory networks in Ewing sarcoma. The authors should be commended on their ability to identify multiple unique modules of gene regulation of Ewing sarcoma utilizing complex computational methods between numerous Ewing sarcoma cell lines. Additionally, they complemented their single-cell findings with xenografts as well as primary Ewing sarcoma patient tumors - validating the intratumoral heterogeneous gene regulatory networks of Ewing sarcoma. More importantly, they have revealed that exogenous TGF-β may modify these distinct epigenetic and transcriptional signatures within Ewing sarcoma tumors. Overall, the manuscript highlights an important discovery of the heterogenous gene regulatory programming of Ewing sarcoma and further highlights the role that TGFB plays within the tumor microenvironment of Ewing sarcoma. There are some areas of ambiguity that require clarification to increase the impact of the manuscript.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

This work by Waltner et. al. provides a comprehensive single-cell multiomics analysis of plasticity in gene regulatory networks present in Ewing sarcoma using single-cell RNA-sequencing (scRNA-seq) and single-cell assay for transposase accessible chromatin with sequencing (scATAC-seq). They find that Ewing sarcoma cell line models have distinct patterns of chromatin accessibility compared to non-Ewing sarcoma models, and that there is significant variability across Ewing sarcoma cell lines, and sometimes within a single cell line. These differences across models are linked to 3 distinct gene regulatory modules, 2 of which are present across the range of model systems studied here. The first modules present across models are activated when the fusion is expressed and include genes enriched for the known EWSR1::FLI1 response element, GGAA microsatellites, along with other neural crest transcription factors. The other module primarily consists of genes repressed by EWSR1::FLI1, which are activated in EWSR1::FLI1-low states. Interestingly, EWSR1::FLI1-low cells have already been tied to more migratory and metastatic phenotypes, and the data here suggest these cells are more responsive to external signals from TGF-β, and this may be mediated through FOSL2-mediated gene regulation. While there are some minor additional validation studies that can be performed to strengthen a few individual analyses, this is a technically rigorous study, with a variety of different analytical techniques used to address similar questions, and this approach elevates confidence in the answers provided. This is further strengthened by the diverse set of model systems used, including patient-derived cell lines, cell line xenograft models, patient-derived xenografts, mining available single-cell data from patient samples, and validation of the gene modules identified in a larger set of patient microarray samples. In whole, this study provides a valuable resource for understanding heterogeneity, plasticity, and gene expression networks in Ewing sarcoma. This may be useful for future studies of metastatic disease and may also provide a framework for similar questions in other fusion-driven sarcomas.

Strengths:

There are a few core strengths in this study. First is the number and diversity of Ewing sarcoma models studied, spanning commonly used cell lines, patient-derived xenografts, and patient samples. The second is the large array of rigorous and orthogonal approaches used to uncover the identity and function of various gene modules. This includes an array of informatics techniques, as well as specific modulation of cell line models in culture. A third is confirmation that different gene expression programs are present in the same tumor using spatial transcriptomic analysis. Lastly, the authors have made all of their data and code accessible, enabling continued use of this dataset as a resource for others.

Weaknesses:

As highlighted by the authors, this study is somewhat limited by the small number of single-cell data from patient samples that are publicly available. Much of the analysis comes from cell lines. Additionally, they focus only on one type of signal that may modulate cell plasticity, and there are likely to be many others. Lastly, there are a few weak spots in the data. Some of this likely arises from the underlying complexity of the data, the generally sparse nature of scATAC data, and the biological heterogeneity present in the cell lines studied. The most pronounced weakness was in the analysis of transcription factors that dictate gene expression in the distinct modules, as well as the response to TGF-β. While some specific transcription factors showed module-specific expression consistent with the computational prediction in Figure 2, others did not likely due to additional factors not tested here. Likewise, the same transcription factors did not always show consistent enrichment in the gene modules that responded to TGF-β treatment when analyzed across cell lines. On the whole, these are relatively minor weaknesses and do not diminish the value of this study.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

The authors investigate the effects of aging on auditory system performance in understanding temporal fine structure (TFS), using both behavioral assessments and physiological recordings from the auditory periphery, specifically at the level of the auditory nerve. This dual approach aims to enhance understanding of the mechanisms underlying observed behavioral outcomes. The results indicate that aged animals exhibit deficits in behavioral tasks for distinguishing between harmonic and inharmonic sounds, which is a standard test for TFS coding. However, neural responses at the auditory nerve level do not show significant differences when compared to those in young, normal-hearing animals. The authors suggest that these behavioral deficits in aged animals are likely attributable to dysfunctions in the central auditory system, potentially as a consequence of aging.To further investigate this hypothesis, the study includes an animal group with selective synaptic loss between inner hair cells and auditory nerve fibers, a condition known as cochlear synaptopathy (CS). CS is a pathology associated with aging and is thought to be an early indicator of hearing impairment. Interestingly, animals with selective CS showed physiological and behavioral TFS coding similar to that of the young normal-hearing group, contrasting with the aged group's deficits. Despite histological evidence of significant synaptic loss in the CS group, the study concludes that CS does not appear to affect TFS coding, either behaviorally or physiologically.

Strengths:

This study addresses a critical health concern, enhancing our understanding of mechanisms underlying age-related difficulties in speech intelligibility, even when audiometric thresholds are within normal limits. A major strength of this work is the comprehensive approach, integrating behavioral assessments, auditory nerve (AN) physiology, and histology within the same animal subjects. This approach enhances understanding of the mechanisms underlying the behavioral outcomes and provides confidence in the actual occurrence of synapse loss and its effects.The study carefully manages controlled conditions by including five distinct groups: young normal-hearing animals, aged animals, animals with CS induced through low and high doses, and a sham surgery group. This careful setup strengthens the study's reliability and allows for meaningful comparisons across conditions. Overall, the manuscript is well-structured, with clear and accessible writing that facilitates comprehension of complex concepts.

Weakness:

The stimulus and task employed in this study are very helpful for behavioral research, and using the same stimulus setup for physiology is advantageous for mechanistic comparisons. However, I have some concerns about the limitations in auditory nerve (AN) physiology. Due to practical constraints, it is not feasible to record from a large enough population of fibers that covers a full range of best frequencies (BFs) and spontaneous rates (SRs) within each animal. This raises questions about how representative the physiological data are for understanding the mechanism in behavioral data. I am curious about the authors' interpretation of how this stimulus setup might influence results compared to methods used by Kale and Heinz (2010), who adjusted harmonic frequencies based on the characteristic frequency (CF) of recorded units. While, the harmonic frequencies in this study are fixed across all CFs, meaning that many AN fibers may not be tuned closely to the stimulus frequencies. If units are not responsive to the stimulus further clarification on detecting mistuning and phase locking to TFS effects within this setup would be valuable. Given the limited number of units per condition-sometimes as few as three for certain conditions-I wonder if CF-dependent variability might impact the results of the AN data in this study and discussing this factor can help with better understanding the results. While the use of the same stimuli for both behavioral and physiological recordings is understandable, a discussion on how this choice affects interpretation would be beneficial. In addition a 60 dB stimulus could saturate high spontaneous rate (HSR) AN fibers, influencing neural coding and phase-locking to TFS. Potentially separating SR groups, could help address these issues and improve interpretive clarity.

A deeper discussion on the role of fiber spontaneous rate could also enhance the study. How might considering SR groups affect AN results related to TFS coding? While some statistical measures are included in the supplement, a more detailed discussion in the main text could help in interpretation.

Although Figure S2 indicates no change in median SR, the high-dose treatment group lacks LSR fibers, suggesting a different distribution based on SR for different animal groups, as seen in similar studies on other species. A histogram of these results would be informative, as LSR fiber loss with CS-whether induced by ouabain in gerbils or noise in other animals-is well documented (e.g., Furman et al., 2013).

Although ouabain effects on gerbils have been explored in previous studies, since these data is already seems to be recorded for the animal in this study, a brief description of changes in auditory brainstem response (ABR) thresholds, wave 1 amplitudes, and tuning curves for animals with cochlear synaptopathy (CS) in this study would be beneficial. This would confirm that ouabain selectively affects synapses without impacting outer hair cells (OHCs). For aged animals, since ABR measurements were taken, comparing hearing differences between normal and aged groups could provide insights into the pathologies besides CS in aged animals. Additionally, examining subject variability in treatment effects on hearing and how this correlates with behavior and physiology would yield valuable insights. If limited space maybe a brief clarification or inclusion in supplementary could be good enough.

Another suggestion is to discuss the potential role of MOC efferent system and effect of anesthesia in reducing efferent effects in AN recordings. This is particularly relevant for aged animals, as CS might affect LSR fibers, potentially disrupting the medial olivocochlear (MOC) efferent pathway. Anesthesia could lessen MOC activity in both young and aged animals, potentially masking efferent effects that might be present in behavioral tasks. Young gerbils with functional efferent systems might perform better behaviorally, while aged gerbils with impaired MOC function due to CS might lack this advantage. A brief discussion on this aspect could potentially enhance mechanistic insights.

Lastly, although synapse counts did not differ between the low-dose treatment and NH I sham groups, separating these groups rather than combining them with the sham might reveal differences in behavior or AN results, particularly regarding the significance of differences between aged/treatment groups and the young normal-hearing group.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

Using a gerbil model, the authors tested the hypothesis that loss of synapses between sensory hair cells and auditory nerve fibers (which may occur due to noise exposure or aging) affects behavioral discrimination of the rapid temporal fluctuations of sounds. In contrast to previous suggestions in the literature, their results do not support this hypothesis; young animals treated with a compound that reduces the number of synapses did not show impaired discrimination compared to controls. Additionally, their results from older animals showing impaired discrimination suggest that age-related changes aside from synaptopathy are responsible for the age-related decline in discrimination.

Strengths:

(1) The rationale and hypothesis are well-motivated and clearly presented.

(2) The study was well conducted with strong methodology for the most part, and good experimental control. The combination of physiological and behavioral techniques is powerful and informative. Reducing synapse counts fairly directly using ouabain is a cleaner design than using noise exposure or age (as in other studies), since these latter modifiers have additional effects on auditory function.

(3) The study may have a considerable impact on the field. The findings could have important implications for our understanding of cochlear synaptopathy, one of the most highly researched and potentially impactful developments in hearing science in the past fifteen years.

Weaknesses:

(1) I have concerns that the gerbils may not have been performing the behavioral task using temporal fine structure information.

Human studies using the same task employed a filter center frequency that was (at least) 11 times the fundamental frequency (Marmel et al., 2015; Moore and Sek, 2009). Moore and Sek wrote: "the default (recommended) value of the centre frequency is 11F0." Here, the center frequency was only 4 or 8 times the fundamental frequency (4F0 or 8F0). Hence, relative to harmonic frequency, the harmonic spacing was considerably greater in the present study. However, gerbil auditory filters are thought to be broader than those in human. In the revised version of the manuscript, the authors provide modelling results suggesting that the excitation patterns were discriminable for the 4F0 conditions, but may not have been for the 8F0 conditions. These results provide some reassurance that the 8F0 discriminations were dependent on temporal cues, but the description of the model lacks detail. Also, the authors state that "thus, for these two conditions with harmonic number N of 8 the gerbils cannot rely on differences in the excitation patterns but must solve the task by comparing the temporal fine structure." This is too strong. Pulsed tone intensity difference limens (the reference used for establishing whether or not the excitation pattern cues were usable) may not be directly comparable to profile-analysis-like conditions, and it has been argued that frequency discrimination may be more sensitive to excitation pattern cues than predicted from a simple comparison to intensity difference limens (Micheyl et al. 2013, https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pcbi.1003336).

I'm also somewhat concerned that the masking noise used in the present study was too low in level to mask cochlear distortion products. Based on their excitation pattern modelling, the authors state (without citation) that "since the level of excitation produced by the pink noise is less than 30 dB below that produced by the complex tones, distortion products will be masked." The basis for this claim is not clear. In human, distortion products may be only ~20 dB below the levels of the primaries (referenced to an external sound masker / canceller, which is appropriate, assuming that the modelling reported in the present paper did not include middle-ear effects; see Norman-Haignere and McDermott, 2016, doi: 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2016.01.050). Oxenham et al. (2009, doi: 10.1121/1.3089220) provide further cautionary evidence on the potential use of distortion product cues when the background noise level is too low (in their case the relative level of the noise in the compromised condition was only a little below that used in the present study). The masking level used in the present study may have been sufficient, but it would be useful to have some further reassurance on this point.

(2) The synapse reductions in the high ouabain and old groups were relatively small (mean of 19 synapses per hair cell compared to 23 in the young untreated group). In contrast, in some mouse models of the effects of noise exposure or age, a 50% reduction in synapses is observed, and in the human temporal bone study of Wu et al. (2021, https://doi.org/10.1523/JNEUROSCI.3238-20.2021) the age-related reduction in auditory nerve fibres was ~50% or greater for the highest age group across cochlear location. It could be simply that the synapse loss in the present study was too small to produce significant behavioral effects. Hence, although the authors provide evidence that in the gerbil model the age-related behavioral effects are not due to synaptopathy, this may not translate to other species (including human).

(3) The study was not pre-registered, and there was no a priori power calculation, so there is less confidence in replicability than could have been the case. Only three old animals were used in the behavioral study, which raises concerns about the reliability of comparisons involving this group. Statistical analyses on very small samples can be unreliable due to problems of power, generalisability, and susceptibility to outliers.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

This study is a part of the ongoing series of rigorous work from this group exploring neural coding deficits in the auditory nerve, and dissociating the effects of cochlear synaptopathy from other age-related deficits. They have previously shown no evidence of phase-locking deficits in the remaining auditory nerve fibers in quiet-aged gerbils. Here, they study the effects of aging on the perception and neural coding of temporal fine structure cues in the same Mongolian gerbil model.

They measure TFS coding in the auditory nerve using the TFS1 task which uses a combination of harmonic and tone-shifted inharmonic tones which differ primarily in their TFS cues (and not the envelope). They then follow this up with a behavioral paradigm using the TFS1 task in these gerbils. They test young normal hearing gerbils, aged gerbils, and young gerbils with cochlear synaptopathy induced using the neurotoxin ouabain to mimic synapse losses seen with age.

In the behavioral paradigm, they find that aging is associated with decreased performance compared to the young gerbils, whereas young gerbils with similar levels of synapse loss do not show these deficits. When looking at the auditory nerve responses, they find no differences in neural coding of TFS cues across any of the groups. However, aged gerbils show an increase in the representation of periodicity envelope cues (around f0) compared to young gerbils or those with induced synapse loss. The authors hence conclude that synapse loss by itself doesn't seem to be important for distinguishing TFS cues, and rather the behavioral deficits with age are likely having to do with the misrepresented envelope cues instead.

The manuscript is well written, and the data presented are robust. Some of the points below will need to be considered while interpreting the results of the study, in its current form. These considerations are addressable if deemed necessary, with some additional analysis in future versions of the manuscript.

Spontaneous rates - Figure S2 shows no differences in median spontaneous rates across groups. But taking the median glosses over some of the nuances there. Ouabain (in the Bourien study) famously affects low spont rates first, and at a higher degree than median or high spont rates. It seems to be the case (qualitatively) in figure S2 as well, with almost no units in the low spont region in the ouabain group, compared to the other groups. Looking at distributions within each spont rate category and comparing differences across the groups might reveal some of the underlying causes for these changes. Given that overall, the study reports that low-SR fibers had a higher ENV/TFS log-z-ratio, the distribution of these fibers across groups may reveal specific effects of TFS coding by group.

[Update: The revised manuscript has addressed these issues]

Threshold shifts - It is unclear from the current version if the older gerbils have changes in hearing thresholds, and whether those changes may be affecting behavioral thresholds. The behavioral stimuli appear to have been presented at a fixed sound level for both young and aged gerbils, similar to the single unit recordings. Hence, age-related differences in behavior may have been due to changes in relative sensation level. Approaches such as using hearing thresholds as covariates in the analysis will help explore if older gerbils still show behavioral deficits.

[Update: The issue of threshold shifts with aging gerbils is still unresolved in my opinion. From the revised manuscript, it appears that aged gerbils have a 36dB shift in thresholds. While the revised manuscript provides convincing evidence that these threshold shifts do not affect the auditory nerve tuning properties, the behavioral paradigm was still presented at the same sound level for young and aged animals. But a potential 36 dB change in sensation level may affect behavioral results. The authors may consider adding thresholds as covariates in analyses or present any evidence that behavioral thresholds are plateaued along that 30dB range].

Task learning in aged gerbils - It is unclear if the aged gerbils really learn the task well in two of the three TFS1 test conditions. The d' of 1 which is usually used as the criterion for learning was not reached in even the easiest condition for aged gerbils in all but one condition for the aged gerbils (Fig. 5H) and in that condition, there doesn't seem to be any age-related deficits in behavioral performance (Fig. 6B). Hence dissociating the inability to learn the task from the inability to perceive TFS 1 cues in those animals becomes challenging.

[Update: The revised manuscript sufficiently addresses these issues, with the caveat of hearing threshold changes affecting behavioral thresholds mentioned above].

Increased representation of periodicity envelope in the AN - the mechanisms for increased representation of periodicity envelope cues is unclear. The authors point to some potential central mechanisms but given that these are recordings from the auditory nerve what central mechanisms these may be is unclear. If the authors are suggesting some form of efferent modulation only at the f0 frequency, no evidence for this is presented. It appears more likely that the enhancement may be due to outer hair cell dysfunction (widened tuning, distorted tonotopy). Given this increased envelope coding, the potential change in sensation level for the behavior (from the comment above), and no change in neural coding of TFS cues across any of the groups, a simpler interpretation may be -TFS coding is not affected in remaining auditory nerve fibers after age-related or ouabain induced synapse loss, but behavioral performance is affected by altered outer hair cell dysfunction with age.

[Update: The revised manuscript has addressed these issues]

Emerging evidence seems to suggest that cochlear synaptopathy and/or TFS encoding abilities might be reflected in listening effort rather than behavioral performance. Measuring some proxy of listening effort in these gerbils (like reaction time) to see if that has changed with synapse loss, especially in the young animals with induced synaptopathy, would make an interesting addition to explore perceptual deficits of TFS coding with synapse loss.

[Update: The revised manuscript has addressed these issues]

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

Grasper et al. present a combined analysis of the role of temporal mutagenesis in cancer, which includes both theoretical investigation and empirical analysis of point mutations in TCGA cancer patient cohorts. They find that temporal elevated mutation rates contribute to cancer fitness by allowing fast adaptation when the fitness drops (due to previous deleterious mutations). This may be relevant in the case of tumor suppressor genes (TSG), which follow the 2-hit hypothesis (i.e., biallelic 2 mutations are necessary to deactivate TS), and in cases where temporal mutagenesis occurs (e.g. high APOBEC, ROS). They provide evidence that this scenario is likely to occur in patients, in some cancer types. This is an interesting and potentially important result that merits the attention of the target audience. Nonetheless, I have some questions (detailed below) regarding the design of the study, the tools and parametrization of the theoretical analysis and the empirical analysis - that I think if addressed would make the paper more solid and the conclusion more substantiated.

Strengths:

Combined theoretical investigation with empirical analysis of cancer patients

Weaknesses:

Parametrization and systematic investigation of theoretical tools and their relevant to tumor evolution

Comments on revisions:

The authors have adequately addressed my suggestions. I think some of the details provided in some of the replies to my comments (specifically with regard to my points 1, 4, 6ii; minor point 6) could be integrated into relevant text in the introduction , discussion and methods, to help the readers follow better the model and its interpretation - but this is up to the authors to decide what to emphasize.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

This work presents theoretical results concerning the effect of punctuated mutation on multistep adaptation along with empirical analysis of multistep adaptation in cancer. The empirical results are claimed to demonstrate the acceleration of multistep adaptation predicted theoretically. However, there is an important disconnect between the theoretical results and the empirical observations, such that it is not clear that punctuated mutation can produce the phenomena observed empirically. Furthermore, there are other plausible explanations for the empirical observations.

The theoretical work emphasizes the positive effect of punctuated mutation on the rate of crossing a "fitness valley", i.e., multistep adaptation where the first mutation is deleterious. The empirical work, however, focuses on inactivation of both alleles of a tumor suppressor gene (TSG), for which the first mutation--inactivation of one gene copy--is expected to be neutral or slightly advantageous, not maladaptive as suggested by the authors. Pairs of genes with putative synergystic effects were also analyzed, but there is no indication that these generally involve fitness valleys either.

This disconnect is most glaring in Figure 4, in which the simulations are supposed to confirm that punctuated mutation can produce the empirical phenomena reported for TSG inactivation. If this is the case, it should be possible to produce such results in simulations in which inactivation of just one allele is neutral. Instead, simulations assuming a substantial fitness penalty (0.05) for the first mutation are presented. Contrary to what is claimed in the text (line 212), this is not a "biologically realistic" parameter value for TSG inactivation. The insensitivity of results to the size the fitness penalty is irrelevant: a substantial fitness penalty is qualitatively different from no penalty at all.

The paper does report a small (15%) effect of punctuation on the rate of multistep adaptation in the absence of a fitness valley. This effect is much smaller than the fourfold increase in the presence of a fitness valley. The results presented--a single stochastic run for each condition--are insufficient to establish that there is any effect at all: if we assume that the number of pairs of fixations (about 150-180 in each simulation) is Poisson distributed, the 15% difference is not statistically significant.

Assuming that this effect is genuine, it is likely due to a mutation rate that is unrealisitcally high (considering that "rescue" requires inactivation of a particular gene). Theoretical considerations suggest that punctuated mutation has little or no effect in the absence of a fitness valley in the limit of low mutation rate:

(A1) The authors' theoretical results for a Galton-Watson process (SI2) imply that there is no effect without a fitness valley in that limit. This is so because there is no effect in the "supercritical" regime. Cancer cells must be supercritical (otherwise there would be no net growth), and a neutral or advantangeous mutant would remain in the supercritical regime.

(A2) Fig. S2D indicates, as far as I can tell from the colors, that punctuation makes little or no difference to the rate of adaptation in the absence of a fitness valley, i.e., for vertical axis values of 1 or more. I am not sure why the authors (line 129) point to this figure as evidence that punctuation speeds two-step adaptation when the first mutation is not maladaptive; the figure appears to say that it does not. The fraction of events due to "stochastic tunneling" of course increases with punctuation, but that does not change the fact that adaptation is no faster.

(A3) The authors' verbal argument to the contrary (line 124ff) is flawed. Despite the fact that even a mildly advantageous mutant is likely to go extinct, its expected frequency only increases with time, and that of a neutral allele remains constant over time. Thus, the average number of opportunities for a second mutation does not decrease with time since the first mutation, as it does when the first muation is deleterious.

(A4) I ran some simulations for a Wright-Fisher population, and they seem to confirm the lack of an effect in the low mutation rate limit.

Thus, it is unclear whether punctuated mutation can explain the reported phenomena or should be expected to have major effects on the rate or nature of cancer cell adaptation.

I would also note that routes to inactivation of both copies of a TSG that are not accelerated by punctuation will dilute any effects of punctuation. An example is a single somatic mutation followed by loss of heterozygosity. Such mechanisms are not included in the theoretical analysis nor assessed empirically. If, for example, 90% of double inactivations were the result of such mechanisms with a constant mutation rate, a factor of two effect of punctuated mutagenesis would increase the overall rate by only 10%. Consideration of the rate of apparent inactivation of just one TSG copy and of deletion of both copies would shed some light on the importance of this consideration.

Several factors besides the effects of punctuated mutation might explain or contribute to the empirical observations. Though these are now mentioned in the paper, I will list them here for clarity:

(B1) High APOBEC3 activity can select for inactivation of TSGs (references in Butler and Banday 2023, PMID 36978147). This could explain the empirical correlations.

(B2) Without punctuation, the rate of multistep adaptation is expected to rise more than linearly with mutation rate. Thus, if APOBEC signatures are correlated with a high mutation rate due to the action of APOBEC, this alone could explain the correlation with TSG inactivation.

(B3) The nature of mutations caused by APOBEC might explain the results. Notably, one of the two APOBEC mutation signatures, SBS13, is particularly likely to produce nonsense mutations. The authors count both nonsense and missense mutations, but nonsense mutations are more likely to inactivate the gene, and hence to be selected.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

In this study, Jeong and Choi examine neural correlates of behavior during a naturalistic foraging task in which rats must dynamically balance resource acquisition (foraging) with the risk of threat. Rats first learn to forage for sucrose reward from a spout, and when a threat is introduced (an attack-like movement from a "LobsterBot"), they adjust their behavior to continue foraging while balancing exposure to the threat, adopting anticipatory withdraw behaviors to avoid encounter with the LobsterBot. Using electrode recordings targeting the medial prefrontal cortex (mPFC), they identify heterogenous encoding of task variables across prelimbic and infralimbic cortex neurons, including correlates of distance to the reward/threat zone and correlates of both anticipatory and reactionary avoidance behavior. Based on analysis of population responses, they show that prefrontal cortex switches between different regimes of population activity to process spatial information or behavioral responses to threat in a context-dependent manner. Characterization of the heterogenous coding scheme by which frontal cortex represents information in different goal states is an important contribution to our understanding of brain mechanisms underlying flexible behavior in ecological settings.

Strengths:

As many behavioral neuroscience studies employ highly controlled task designs, relatively less is generally known about how the brain organizes navigation and behavioral selection in naturalistic settings, where environment states and goals are more fluid. Here, the authors take advantage of a natural challenge faced by many animals - how to forage for resources in an unpredictable environment - to investigate neural correlates of behavior when goal states are dynamic. They investigate how prefrontal cortex (mPFC) activity is structured to support different functional "modes" (here, between a navigational mode and a threat-sensitive foraging mode) for flexible behavior. Overall, an important strength and real value of this study is the design of the behavioral experiment, which is trial-structured, permitting strong statistical methods for neural data analysis, yet still rich enough for unconstrained, natural behavior structured by the animal's volitional goals. The experiment is also phased to measure behavioral changes as animals first encounter a threat, and then learn to adapt their foraging strategy to its presence. Characterization of this adaptation process is itself quite interesting and sets a foundation for further study of threat learning and risk management in the foraging context. Finally, the characterization of single-neuron and population dynamics in mPFC in this naturalistic setting with fluid goal states is an important contribution to the field. Previous studies have identified neural correlates of spatial and behavioral variables in frontal cortex, but how these representations are structured, or how they are dynamically adjusted when animals shift their goals, has been less clear. The authors synthesize their main conclusions into a conceptual model for how mPFC could encode task variables in a context-dependent manner, and provide a useful framework for thinking about circuit-level mechanisms that may support mode switching.

Weaknesses:

The task design in this study is intentionally stimulus-rich and places minimal constraint on the animal to preserve naturalistic behavior, and this introduces some confounds that place some limits on the interpretability of neural responses. For example, some variables which are the target of neural correlation analysis, such as spatial/proximity coding and coding of threat and threat-related behaviors, are naturally entwined. In their revisions, the authors have included extensive analyses and control conditions to disambiguate these confounds. Within the limits of their task design, this provides compelling evidence that mPFC neurons encode threat, decision, and spatial information in a context-dependent manner. Future experiment designs, which intentionally separate task contexts (e.g. navigation vs. foraging), could serve to further clarify the structure of coding across contexts and/or goal states.

While the study provides an important advance in our understanding of mPFC coding structure under naturalistic conditions, the study still lacks functional manipulations to establish any form of causality. This limitation is acknowledged in the text, and the report is careful not to over interpret suggestions of causal contribution, instead setting a foundation for future investigations.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

Jeong & Choi (2023) use a semi-naturalistic paradigm to tackle the question of how the activity of neurons in the mPFC might continuously encode different functions. They offer two possibilities: either there are separate dedicated populations encoding each function, or cells alter their activity dependent on the current goal of the animal. In a threat-avoidance task rats procurred sucrose in an area of a chamber where, after remaining there for some amount of time, a 'Lobsterbot' robot attacked. In order to initiate the next trial rats had to move through the arena to another area before returning to the robot encounter zone. Therefore the task has two key components: threat avoidance and navigating through space. Recordings in the IL and PL of the mPFC revealed encoding that depended on what stage of the task the animal was currently engaged in. When animals were navigating, neuronal ensembles in these regions encoded distance from the threat. However, whilst animals were directly engaged with the threat and simultaneously consuming reward, it was possible to decode from a subset of the population whether animals would evade the threat. Therefore the authors claim that neurons in the mPFC switched between two functional modes: representing allocentric spatial information, and representing egocentric information pertaining to the reward and threat. Finally, the authors propose a conceptual model based on these data whereby this switching of population encoding is driven by either bottom-up sensory information or top-down arbitration.

Strengths:

Whilst these multiple functions of activity in the mPFC have generally been observed in tasks dedicated to the study of a singular function, less work has been done in contexts where animals continuously switch between different modes of behaviour in a more natural way. Being able to assess whether previous findings of mPFC function apply in natural contexts is very valuable to the field, even outside of those interested in the mPFC directly. This also speaks to the novelty of the work; although mixed selectivity encoding of threat assessment and action selection has been demonstrated in some contexts (e.g. Grunfeld & Likhtik, 2018) understanding the way in which encoding changes on-the-fly in a self-paced task is valuable both for verifying whether current understanding holds true and for extending our models of functional coding in the mPFC.

The authors are also generally thoughtful in their analyses and use a variety of approaches to probe the information encoded in the recorded activity. In particular, they use relatively close analysis of behaviour as well as manipulating the task itself by removing the threat to verify their own results. The use of such a rich task also allows them to draw comparisons, e.g. in different zones of the arena or different types of responses to threat, that a more reduced task would not otherwise allow. Additional in-depth analyses in the updated version of the manuscript, particularly the feature importance analysis, as well as complimentary null findings (a lack of cohesive place cell encoding, and no difference in location coding dependent on direction of trajectory) further support the authors' conclusion that populations of cells in the mPFC are switching their functional coding based on task context rather than behaviour per se. Finally, the authors' updated model schematic proposes an intriguing and testable implementation of how this encoding switch may be manifested by looking at differentiable inputs to these populations.

Weaknesses:

The main existing weakness of this study is that its findings are correlational (as the authors highlight in the discussion). Future work might aim to verify and expand the authors' findings - for example, whether the elevated response of Type 2 neurons directly contributes to the decision-making process or just represents fear/anxiety motivation/threat level - through direct physiological manipulation. However, I appreciate the challenges of interpreting data even in the presence of such manipulations and some of the additional analyses of behaviour, for example the stability of animals' inter-lick intervals in the E-zone, go some way towards ruling out alternative behavioural explanations. Yet the most ideal version of this analysis is to use a pose estimation method such as DeepLabCut to more fully measure behavioural changes. This, in combination with direct physiological manipulation, would allow the authors to fully validate that the switching of encoding by this population of neurons in the mPFC has the functional attributes as claimed here.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

Summary:

This study investigates how various behavioral features are represented in the medial prefrontal cortex (mPFC) of rats engaged in a naturalistic foraging task. The authors recorded electrophysiological responses of individual neurons as animals transitioned between navigation, reward consumption, avoidance, and escape behaviors. Employing a range of computational and statistical methods, including artificial neural networks, dimensionality reduction, hierarchical clustering, and Bayesian classifiers, the authors sought to predict from neural activity distinct task variables (such as distance from the reward zone and the success or failure of avoidance behavior). The findings suggest that mPFC neurons alternate between at least two distinct functional modes, namely spatial encoding and threat evaluation, contingent on the specific location.

Strengths:

This study attempt to address an important question: understanding the role of mPFC across multiple dynamic behaviors. The authors highlight the diverse roles attributed to mPFC in previous literature and seek to explain this apparent heterogeneity. They designed an ethologically relevant foraging task that facilitated the examination of complex dynamic behavior, collecting comprehensive behavioral and neural data. The analyses conducted are both sound and rigorous.

Weaknesses:

Because the study still lacks experimental manipulation, the findings remain correlational. The authors have appropriately tempered their claims regarding the functional role of the mPFC in the task. The nature of the switch between functional modes encoding distinct task variables (i.e., distance to reward, and threat-avoidance behavior type) is not established. Moreover, the evidence presented to dissociate movement from these task variables is not fully convincing, particularly without single-session video analysis of movement. Specifically, while the new analyses in Figure 7 are informative, they may not fully account for all potential confounding variables arising from changes in context or behavior.

Comments on revisions:

The authors have addressed my previous recommendations.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

In this manuscript, Chen et al. investigate the role of the membrane estrogen receptor GPR30 in spinal mechanisms of neuropathic pain. Using a wide variety of techniques, they first provide convincing evidence that GPR30 expression is restricted to neurons within the spinal cord, and that GPR30 neurons are well-positioned to receive descending input from the primary sensory cortex (S1). In addition, the authors put their findings in the context the previous knowledge in the field, presenting evidence demonstrating that GRP30 is expressed in the majority of CCK-expressing spinal neurons. Overall, this manuscript furthers our understanding of neural circuity that underlies neuropathic pain and will be of broad interest to neuroscientists, especially those interested in somatosensation. Nevertheless, the manuscript would be strengthened by additional analyses and clarification of data that is currently presented.

Strengths:

The authors present convincing evidence for expression of GPR30 in the spinal cord that is specific to spinal neurons. Similarly, complementary approaches including pharmacological inhibition and knockdown of GPR30 are used to demonstrate a role for the receptor in driving nerve injury-induced pain in rodent models.

Weaknesses:

Although steps were taken to put their data into the broader context of what is already known about the spinal circuitry of pain, more considerations and analyses would help the authors better achieve their goal. For instance, to determine whether GPR30 is expressed in excitatory or inhibitory neurons, more selective markers for these subtypes should be used over CamK2. Moreover, quantitative analysis of the extent of overlap between GPR30+ and CCK+ spinal neurons is needed to understand the potential heterogeneity of the GPR30 spinal neuron population, and to interpret experiments characterizing descending SI inputs onto GPR30 and CCK spinal neurons. Filling these gaps in knowledge would make their findings more solid.

Revised Manuscript Update:

In their revised manuscript, Chen et al. have added additional data that establishes GPR30 spinal neurons as a population of excitatory neurons, half of which express CCK. These data help to position GPR30 neurons in the existing framework of spinal neuron populations that contribute to neuropathic pain, strengthening the author's findings.

I have no new recommendations to the author's following this round of revisions.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

Summary:

The authors convincingly demonstrate that a population of CCK+ spinal neurons in the deep dorsal horn express the G protein coupled estrogen receptor GPR30 to modulate pain sensitivity in the chronic constriction injury (CCI) model of neuropathic pain in mice. Using complementary pharmacological and genetic knockdown experiments they convincingly show that GPR30 inhibition or knockdown reverses mechanical, tactile and thermal hypersensitivity, conditioned place aversion, and c-fos staining in the spinal dorsal horn after CCI. They propose that GPR30 mediates an increase in postsynaptic AMPA receptors after CCI using slice electrophysiology which may underlie the increased behavioral sensitivity. They then use anterograde tracing approaches to show that CCK and GPR30 positive neurons in the deep dorsal horn may receive direct connections from primary somatosensory cortex. Chemogenetic activation of these dorsal horn neurons proposed to be connected to S1 increased nociceptive sensitivity in a GPR30 dependent manner. Overall, the data are very convincing and the experiments are well conducted and adequately controlled. The potential role of direct connections from S1 for descending modulation of pain and the endogenous mechanism(s) activating GPR30 will be interesting to test in future studies.

Strengths:

The experiments are very well executed and adequately controlled throughout the manuscript. The data are nicely presented and supportive of a role for GPR30 signaling in the spinal dorsal horn influencing nociceptive sensitivity following CCI. The authors also did an excellent job of using complementary approaches to rigorously test their hypothesis.

Weaknesses:

While the viral tracing demonstrates a potential connection between S1 and CCK+ or GPR30+ spinal neurons, no direct evidence is provided for S1 in facilitating any activity of these neurons in the dorsal horn.

Comments on the latest version:

The authors have done a good job addressing previous critiques and have appropriately revised the manuscript and conclusions.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

In the Late Triassic (around 230 Ma ago), southern Wales and adjacent parts of England were a karst landscape. The caves and crevices accumulated remains of small vertebrates. These fossil-rich fissure fills are being exposed in limestone quarrying. In 2022 (reference 13 of the article), a partial articulated skeleton and numerous isolated bones from one fissure fill were named Cryptovaranoides microlanius and described as the oldest known squamate - the oldest known animal, by some 50 Ma, that is more closely related to snakes and some extant lizards than to other extant lizards. This would have considerable consequences for our understanding of the evolution of squamates and their closest relatives, especially for its speed and absolute timing, and was supported in the same paper by phylogenetic analyses based on different datasets.

In 2023, the present authors published a rebuttal (ref. 18) to the 2022 paper, challenging anatomical interpretations and the irreproducible referral of some of the isolated bones to Cryptovaranoides. Modifying the datasets accordingly, they found Cryptovaranoides outside Squamata and presented evidence that it is far outside. In 2024 (ref. 19), the original authors defended most of their original interpretation and presented some new data, some of it from newly referred isolated bones. The present article discusses anatomical features and the referral of isolated bones in more detail, documents some clear misinterpretations, argues against the widespread but not justifiable practice of referring isolated bones to the same species as long as there is merely no known evidence to the contrary, further argues against comparing newly recognized fossils to lists of diagnostic characters from the literature as opposed to performing phylogenetic analyses and interpreting the results, and finds Cryptovaranoides outside Squamata again.

Although a few of the character discussions can probably still be improved, I see no sign that the discussion is going in circles or otherwise becoming unproductive. I can even imagine that the present contribution will end it.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Congratulations on this revised manuscript on the phylogenetic affinities of Cryptovaranoides, and thank you for your modifications to this manuscript following review.

This manuscript offers a careful review of the features used to hypothesize the placement of Cryptovaranoides within crown Squamata and instead suggests that this taxon represents an earlier-diverging reptile. This work therefore reconciles morphological and molecular data regarding lizard origins, which is an important contribution to the field of vertebrate paleontology.

The authors have improved their manuscript following reviewer comments and now provide more thorough comparisons with other early reptiles and archosauromorphs, an improvement over early versions of this paper. Changes to these comparative descriptions provide important rationale concerning the absence of superficially squamate-like features in Cryptovaranoides.

The evolutionary relationships of Cryptovaranoides among reptiles will certainly be a matter of debate until detailed anatomical descriptions of this taxon and other putative lepidosauromorphs are published. However, it can now be said with confidence that the presence of any crown squamate in the Permian or Triassic is unlikely and should be met with skepticism, the same sort of skepticism provided in this manuscript.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

Summary:

The study provides an interesting contribution to our understanding of Cryptovaranoides relationships, which is a matter of intensive debate among researchers. The authors have modified the manuscript according to most of my suggestions. My main concerns are about the wording of some statements but the authors have the right to put it as they want in the end. Overall the discussion and data are well prepared. I would recommend to publish the manuscript after very minor revisions.

Strengths:

Detailed analysis of the discussed characters. Illustrations of some comparative materials.

Weaknesses:

Abstract: "Our team challenged this identification and instead suggested †Cryptovaranoides had unclear affinities to living reptiles"

Unfortunately I have to disagree again. "unclear affinities to living reptiles" can mean anything including a crown lizard. First, the 2023 paper clearly rejected the squamate hypothesis and presented some evidence that potentially places Cryptovaranoides among Archosauromorpha. In this context "unclear where it would belong within the latter" does not really matter. Second, we are not discussing here if Cryptovaranoides is a squamate or a stem-squamate. We have many more options on the table, so "unclear affinities" is too imprecise. Please change it to "could be an archosauromorph or an indeterminate neodiapsid" in the abstract to show the scale of conflicting evidence.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary and Strengths:

The very well-written manuscript by Lövestam et al. from the Scheres/Goedert groups entitled "Twelve phosphomimetic mutations induce the assembly of recombinant full-length human tau into paired helical filaments" demonstrates the in vitro production of the so-called paired helical filament Alzheimer's disease (AD) polymorph fold of tau amyloids through the introduction of 12 point mutations that attempt to mimic the disease-associated hyper-phosphorylation of tau. The presented work is very important because it enables disease-related scientific work, including seeded amyloid replication in cells, to be performed in vitro using recombinant-expressed tau protein.

Comments on revised version:

The manuscript is significantly improved, as also indicated by Reviewer 2, with the 100% formation of the PHF and the additional experiments to elucidate on the potential mechanism by the PTMs. This is a great work.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

This manuscript addresses an important impediment in the field of Alzheimer's disease (AD) and tauapathy research by showing that 12 specific phosphomimetic mutations in full-length tau allow the protein to aggregate into fibrils with the AD fold and the fold of chronic traumatic encephalopathy fibrils in vitro. The paper presents comprehensive structural and cell based seeding data indicating the improvement of their approach over previous in vitro attempts on non-full-length tau constructs. The main weaknesses of this work results from the fact that only up to 70% of the tau fibrils form the desired fibril polymorphs. In addition, some of the figures are of low quality and confusing.

Strengths:

This study provides significant progress towards a very important and timely topic in the amyloid community, namely the in vitro production of tau fibrils found in patients.

The 12 specific phosphomimetic mutations presented in this work will have an immediate impact in the field since they can be easily reproduced.

Multiple high-resolution structures support the success of the phosphomimetic mutation approach.

Additional data show the seeding efficiency of the resulting fibrils, their reduced tendency to bundle, and their ability to be labeled without affecting core structure or seeding capability.

Comments on revised version:

Generally, I am satisfied with the revisions. Specifically, the new results showing 100% formation of PHF is a significant improvement.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

Activation of thermogenesis by cold exposure and dietary protein restriction are two lifestyle changes that impact health in humans and lead to weight loss in model organisms, here the mouse. How these affect liver and adipose tissues has not been thoroughly investigated side by side. In mice, the authors show that the responses to methionine restriction and cold exposure are tissue-specific while the effects on beige adipose are somewhat similar.

Strengths:

The strength of the work is the comparative approach, using transcriptomics and bioinformatic analyses to investigate the tissue-specific impact. The work was performed in mouse models and is state-of-the-art. This represents an important resource for researchers in the field of protein restriction and thermogenesis.

Weaknesses:

The findings are descriptive and the conclusions remain associative. The work is limited to mouse physiology and the human implications have not been investigated yet.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

This study provides a library of RNA sequencing analysis from brown fat, liver and white fat of mice treated with two stressors - cold challenge and methionine restriction - alone and in combination (interaction between diet and temperature). They characterize the physiologic response of the mice to the stressors, including effects on weight, food intake and metabolism. This paper provides evidence that while both stressors increase energy expenditure, there are complex tissue-specific responses in gene expression, with additive, synergistic and antagonistic responses seen in different tissues.

Strengths:

The study design and implementation is solid and well-controlled. Their writing is clear and concise. The authors do an admirable job of distilling the complex transcriptome data into digestible information for presentation in the paper. Most importantly, they do not over reach in their interpretation of their genomic data, keeping their conclusions appropriately tied to the data presented. The discussion is well thought out addresses some interesting points raised by their results.

Weaknesses:

The major weakness of the paper is the almost complete reliance on RNA sequencing data, but it is presented as a transcriptomic resource.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

Summary:

Ruppert et al. present a well-designed 2×2 factorial study directly comparing methionine restriction (MetR) and cold exposure (CE) across liver, iBAT, iWAT, and eWAT, integrating physiology with tissue-resolved RNA-seq. This approach allows a rigorous assessment of where dietary and environmental stimuli act additively, synergistically, or antagonistically. Physiologically, MetR progressively increases energy expenditure (EE) at 22{degree sign}C and lowers RER, indicating a lipid utilization bias. By contrast, a 24-hour 4 {degree sign}C challenge elevates EE across all groups and eliminates MetR-Ctrl differences. Notably, changes in food intake and activity do not explain the MetR effect at room temperature.

Strengths:

The data convincingly support the central claim: MetR enhances EE and shifts fuel preference to lipids at thermoneutrality, while CE drives robust EE increases regardless of diet and attenuates MetR-driven differences. Transcriptomic analysis reveals tissue-specific responses, with additive signatures in iWAT and CE-dominant effects in iBAT. The inclusion of explicit diet×temperature interaction modeling and GSEA provides a valuable transcriptomic resource for the field.

Comments on revisions:

The authors have addressed any concerns I had.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

This manuscript describes a study examining the relationship between microsaccades and covert attention. This question has been widely investigated, with numerous studies showing that during sustained fixation, when subjects covertly attend to a peripheral stimulus, microsaccades tend to be biased toward the attended location. Here, the authors ask whether this microsaccade bias reflects a shift of covert attention or the maintenance of covert attention. They conclude that the bias is primarily driven by attention shifts, a finding that also helps reconcile the seemingly conflicting results of prior research, where the bias was questioned in paradigms that largely involved attention maintenance rather than shifting.

Strengths:

The paradigm and conclusions appear sound and supported by the results. A large sample size was used.

Weaknesses:

Weaknesses are mostly related to how the authors enforced fixation in the task, and clarifications are needed regarding some methodological details. A more direct comparison of the effect in the two experimental conditions is missing.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

This study aims to test the hypothesis that microsaccades are linked to the shifting of spatial attention, rather than the maintenance of attention at the cued location. In two experiments, participants were required to judge an orientation change at either a validly cued location (80% of the time) or an invalidly cued location (20% of the time). This change was presented at varying intervals (ranging from 500 to 3,200 ms) after cue onset. Accuracy and reaction times both showed attentional benefits at the valid versus invalid location across the different cue-target intervals. In contrast, microsaccade biases were time-dependent. The authors report a directional bias primarily observed around 400 ms after the cue, with later intervals (particularly in Experiment 2) exhibiting no biases in microsaccade direction towards the cued location. The authors argue that this finding supports their initial hypothesis that microsaccade biases reflect shifts in attention, but that maintaining attention at the cued location after an attention shift is not correlated with microsaccade direction.

Strengths:

The results are straightforward given the chosen experimental design. The manuscript is clearly written, and the presentation of the study and its visualisations are both of a high standard.

Weaknesses:

The major weakness of this paper is its incremental contribution to a widely studied phenomenon. The link between attention and microsaccades has been the subject of extensive research over the past two decades. This study merely provides a limited overview of the key insights gained from these papers and discussions. In fact, it attempts to summarise previous work by stating that many experiments found a link, while others did not, and provides only a relatively small number of references. To make a significant contribution, I believe the authors should evaluate the field more thoroughly, rather than merely scratching the surface.

The authors then present a potential solution to the conflicting past findings, arguing that attention should be considered a dynamic process that can be broken down into an attention shift and a sustained attention phase. Although the authors present this as a novel concept, I cannot think of anyone in the field who considers spatial attention to be a static entity. Nevertheless, I was curious to see how the authors would attempt to determine the precise timing of the attention shift and manipulate the different stages individually. However, the authors only varied the interval between the onset of the attention cue and the test stimulus, failing to further pinpoint their dynamic attention concept.

The current version of the experiment, therefore, takes a correlational approach, similar to initial studies by Engbert and Kliegl (2003) and Hafed and Clark (2002). Meanwhile, we have learned a great deal about the link between microsaccades and attention. Below, I will list just a few of these findings to demonstrate how much we already know. It is important to note that, while the present study cites some of these papers, it does not provide a clear overview of how the current study goes beyond previous research.

(1) Yuval-Greenberg and colleagues (2014) presented stimuli contingent on online-detected microsaccades. A postcue indicated the target for a visual task, and the target could be congruent or incongruent with the microsaccade direction. The authors showed higher visual accuracy in congruent trials. The authors cited that paper, but it is still important to emphasize how this study already tried to go beyond purely correlational links on a single trial level.

(2) The Desimone lab (Lower et al., 2018) showed that firing rates in monkey V4 and IT were increased when a microsaccade was generated in the direction of the attended target.

(3) However, attention can modulate responses in the superior colliculus even in the absence of microsaccades (Yu et al., 2022)

(4) Similarly, Poletti, Rucci & Carrasco (2017) observed attentional modulations in the absence of microsaccades, or comparable attention effects irrespective of whether a microsaccade occurred or not (Roberts & Carrasco, 2019).

Thus, in light of these insights, I believe the current study only adds incrementally to our understanding of the link between microsaccades and spatial attention.

In general, it is important to have an independent measure of the dynamics of an attention shift. I think a shift of 200-600 ms is quite long, and defining this interval is rather arbitrary. Why consider such a long delay as the shift? Rather than taking a data-driven approach to defining an interval for an attention shift, it would be more convincing to derive an interval of interest based on past research or an independent measure.

The present analyses report microsaccade statistics across all trials, but do not directly link single-trial microsaccades to accuracy. Similarly, reaction times and accuracy were analyzed only with respect to valid vs. invalid trials. Here, it would be important to link the findings between microsaccades and performance on a single-trial level. For instance, can the authors report reaction times and accuracy also separately for trials with vs. without microsaccades, and for trials with congruent vs. incongruent microsaccades?

The study would benefit greatly from including a neutral condition to substantiate claims of attentional benefits and costs. It is highly probable that invalid trials would also demonstrate costs in terms of reaction times and accuracy. It would be interesting to observe whether directional biases in microsaccades are also evident when compared to a neutral condition.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

The authors report intracranial EEG findings from 12 epilepsy patients performing an associative recognition memory task under the influence of scopolamine. They show that scopolamine administered before encoding disrupts hippocampal theta phenomena and reduces memory performance, and that scopolamine administered after encoding but before retrieval impairs hippocampal theta phenomena (theta power, theta phase reset) and neural reinstatement but does not impair memory performance. This is an important study with exciting, novel results and translational implications. The manuscript is well-written, the analyses are thorough and comprehensive, and the results seem robust.

Strengths:

(1) Very rare experimental design (intracranial neural recordings in humans coupled with pharmacological intervention).

(2) Extensive analysis of different theta phenomena.

(3) Well-established task with different conditions for familiarity versus recollection.

(4) Clear presentation of findings and excellent figures.

(5) Translational implications for diseases with cholinergic dysfunction (e.g., AD).

(6) Findings challenge existing memory models, and the discussion presents interesting novel ideas.

Weaknesses:

(1) One of the most important results is the lack of memory impairment when scopolamine is administered after encoding but before retrieval (scopolamine block 2). The effect goes in the same direction as for scopolamine during encoding (p = 0.15). Could it be that this null effect is simply due to reduced statistical power (12 subjects with only one block per subject, while there are two blocks per subject for the condition with scopolamine during encoding), which may become significant with more patients? Is there actually an interaction effect indicating that memory impairment is significantly stronger when scopolamine is applied before encoding (Figure 1d)? Similar questions apply to familiarity versus recollection (lines 78-80). This is a very critical point that could alter major conclusions from this study, so more discussion/analysis of these aspects is needed. If there are no interaction effects, then the statements in lines 84-86 (and elsewhere) should be toned down.

(2) Further, could it simply be that scopolamine hadn't reached its major impact during retrieval after administration in block 2? Figure 2e speaks in favor of this possibility. I believe this is a critical limitation of the experimental design that should be discussed.

(3) It is not totally clear to me why slow theta was excluded from the reinstatement analysis. For example, despite an overall reduction in theta power, relative patterns may have been retained between encoding and recall. What are the results when using 1-128 Hz as input frequencies?

(4) In what way are the results affected by epileptic artifacts occurring during the task (in particular, IEDs)?

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

In this study, performed in human patients, the authors aimed at dissecting out the role of cholinergic modulation in different types of memory (recollection-based vs familiarity and novelty-based) and during different memory phases (encoding and retrieval). Moreover, their goal was to obtain the electrophysiological signature of cholinergic modulation on network activity of the hippocampus and the entorhinal cortex.

Strengths:

The authors combined cognitive tasks and intracranial EEG recordings in neurosurgical epilepsy patients. The study confirms previous evidence regarding the deleterious effects of scopolamine, a muscarinic acetylcholine receptor antagonist, on memory performance when administered prior to the encoding phase of the task. During both encoding and retrieval phases, scopolamine disrupts the power of theta oscillations in terms of amplitude and phase synchronization. These results raise the question of the role of theta oscillations during retrieval and the meaning of scopolamine's effect on retrieval-associated theta rhythm without cognitive changes. The authors clearly discussed this issue in the discussion session.<br /> A major point is the finding that the scopolamine-mediated effect is selective for recollection-based memory and not for familiarity- and novelty-based memory.

The methodology used is powerful, and the data underwent a detailed and rigorous analysis.

Weaknesses:

A limited cohort of patients; the age of the patients is not specified in the table.

Joint Public Review:

Summary

Non-alcoholic fatty liver disease (NAFLD) is a widespread metabolic disease associated with obesity. Endoplasmic reticulum and calcium dysregulation are hallmarks of NAFLD. Here, the authors explore whether the secreted liver protein transthyretin (TTR), which has been previously shown to modulate calcium signaling in the context of insulin resistance, could also impact NAFLD. The study is motivated by a small cohort of NASH patients who show elevated TTR levels. The authors then overexpress TTR in two mouse obesogenic models, which leads to elevated liver lipid deposition. In contrast, liver-specific TTR knockdown improves some liver lipid levels, reduces inflammation markers, and improves glucose tolerance, overall improving the NAFLD markers. These phenotypic findings are overall convincing and largely consistent in two different diet models.

Because of TTR's connection to calcium regulation, the authors then assess whether the knockdown affects ER stress and impacts SERCA2 expression. However, the direct mechanistic evidence supporting the central claim that TTR physically interacts with and inhibits the SERCA2 calcium pump is preliminary and requires further validation. Whether the broader effects on lipid accumulation, inflammation markers, and glucose tolerance are mechanistically connected remains to be determined.

Strengths

The premise of the study is built on prior work from the authors identifying a link between increased transthyretin secretion and the development of insulin resistance, a related obesity condition. The in vivo studies are comprehensive, using human NASH samples, two distinct diet-induced mouse models (HFD and GAN), and in vitro hepatocyte models. The phenotypic data showing that TTR knockdown alleviates steatosis, inflammation, and insulin resistance are robust and convincing across these systems.

Weaknesses

The mechanistic studies in Figures 6-9 are incomplete. There are several issues encompassing experimental design, rigor, and interpretation that, if properly addressed, would make the study much stronger.

(1) Exogenous TTR that is endocytosed by cells is unlikely to ever find itself inside the lumen of the ER. Conversely, endogenous TTR that is produced in cells and that has not yet been secreted is almost certain to have an ER lumenal localization (as in Figures 7B and 9A, and where an apparent colocalization with SERCA is likely to be incidental). In a model where TTR, acting as a hepatokine, has inhibitory effects on SERCA, these would almost certainly be realized from the cytosolic side of the ER membrane-a region inaccessible to lumenal endogenous TTR. It is possible that the overexpression and knockdown of endogenous TTR have the effects seen due to its secretion and uptake (that is, cell-non-autonomous effects), but this possibility was not directly tested through Transwell or similar assays. Given the identity of TTR as a secretory pathway client protein, the only localization data for TTR that are unexpected are those suggesting an ER localization of exogenously added TTR (Figure 7A), but this localization seems to involve only a minor population of TTR, is hindered by a technical issue with cell permeabilization (see below), and lacks orthogonal approaches to convincingly demonstrate meaningful localization of exogenous TTR at the ER membrane.

(2) The experimental logic in Figure 8 is problematic. The authors use Thapsigargin (Tg), a potent and specific SERCA inhibitor, to probe SERCA function. However, since both Tg and TTR are proposed to inhibit SERCA2, the design lacks a critical control to demonstrate that TTR's effects are indeed mediated through SERCA2. SERCA2 activity should, in principle, be fully and irreversibly inhibited by Tg treatment, especially using such a high concentration (5 µM). If TTR's effect on calcium flux is exclusively through SERCA2, then SERCA2 impairment by TTR should have no additional effect in the presence of Tg, as Tg would already be maximally inhibiting the pump. The current data (Figures 8G-H) showing an effect of TTR-KD even with Tg present is difficult to interpret and may suggest off-target or compensatory mechanisms.

(3) The coIP data in Figure 9 need to be better controlled, including by overexpression of FLAG- and MYC-tagged irrelevant proteins, ideally also localized to the ER. The coIP of overexpressed TTR with endogenous SERCA in Figure 9D, in addition to requiring a more rigorous control, is itself of relatively low quality, with the appearance of a possible gel/blotting artifact.

(4) The ER stress markers in Figure 6 are not convincing. Molecular weight markers and positive controls (for example, livers from animals injected with tunicamycin) are missing. In addition, the species of ATF6 that is purportedly being detected (cleaved or full-length) is not indicated, and this protein is also notoriously difficult to detect with convincing specificity in mouse tissues. As well, CHOP protein is usually not detectable in control normal diet mouse livers, raising questions of whether the band identified as CHOP is, in fact, CHOP. These issues, along with the observation that ER stress-regulated RNAs are not altered (Figure S5), raise the question of whether ER stress is involved at all. Likewise, the quantification of SERCA2 levels from Figure 6 requires more rigor. For all blots, it isn't clear that analyzing only 3 or 4 of the animals provides adequate and unbiased power to detect differences; in addition, in Figure 6C, at least the SERCA2 exposure (assuming SERCA2 is being specifically detected; see above) is well beyond the linear range of quantification.

In addition, the following important issues were raised:

(5) n=4 for overexpression might not provide adequate statistical power.

(6) The error for human NASH samples and controls in Figure 1A is surprisingly small. Larger gene expression data sets from NASH cohorts exist and should be used to test the finding in a larger population.

(7) For experiments involving two independent variables (e.g., diet and TTR manipulation, as in Figures 2, 3, 4, 5), a Two-way ANOVA must be used instead of One-way ANOVA or t-tests. Also, the ND-TTR-KD group is missing - these data are an essential control to show the specificity of the knockdown and its effects in a non-diseased state.

(8) Figure 7A: The co-localization signal between TTR-Alexa488 and the ER marker is not strong or convincing, which could be due to the inappropriate immunofluorescence protocol used, of permeabilization prior to fixation. The standard and recommended order is fixation first (to preserve cellular architecture), followed by permeabilization.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

The novel advance by Wang et al is in the demonstration that, relative to a standard extinction procedure, the retrieval-extinction procedure more effectively suppresses responses to a conditioned threat stimulus when testing occurs just minutes after extinction. The authors provide solid evidence to show that this "short-term" suppression of responding involves engagement of the dorsolateral prefrontal cortex.

Strengths:

Overall, the study is well-designed and the results are valuable. There are, however, a few issues in the way that it is introduced and discussed. It would have been useful if the authors could have more explicitly related the results to a theory - it would help the reader understand why the results should have come out the way that they did. More specific comments are presented below.

Please note: The authors appear to have responded to my original review twice. It is not clear that they observed the public review that I edited after the first round of revisions. As part of these edits, I removed the entire section titled Clarifications, Elaborations and Edits

Theory and Interpretation of Results

(1) It is difficult to appreciate why the first trial of extinction in a standard protocol does NOT produce the retrieval-extinction effect. This applies to the present study as well as others that have purported to show a retrieval-extinction effect. The importance of this point comes through at several places in the paper. E.g., the two groups in study 1 experienced a different interval between the first and second CS extinction trials; and the results varied with this interval: a longer interval (10 min) ultimately resulted in less reinstatement of fear than a shorter interval. Even if the different pattern of results in these two groups was shown/known to imply two different processes, there is nothing in the present study that addresses what those processes might be. That is, while the authors talk about mechanisms of memory updating, there is little in the present study that permits any clear statement about mechanisms of memory. The references to a "short-term memory update" process do not help the reader to understand what is happening in the protocol.

In reply to this point, the authors cite evidence to suggest that "an isolated presentation of the CS+ seems to be important in preventing the return of fear expression." They then note the following: "It has also been suggested that only when the old memory and new experience (through extinction) can be inferred to have been generated from the same underlying latent cause, the old memory can be successfully modified (Gershman et al., 2017). On the other hand, if the new experiences are believed to be generated by a different latent cause, then the old memory is less likely to be subject to modification. Therefore, the way the 1st and 2nd CS are temporally organized (retrieval-extinction or standard extinction) might affect how the latent cause is inferred and lead to different levels of fear expression from a theoretical perspective." This merely begs the question: why might an isolated presentation of the CS+ result in the subsequent extinction experiences being allocated to the same memory state as the initial conditioning experiences?<br /> This is not addressed in the paper. The study was not designed to address this question; and that the question did not need to be addressed for the set of results to be interesting. However, understanding how and why the retrieval-extinction protocol produces the effects that it does in the long-term test of fear expression would greatly inform our understanding of how and why the retrieval-extinction protocol has the effects that it does in the short-term tests of fear expression. To be clear; the results of the present study are very interesting - there is no denying that. I am not asking the authors to change anything in response to this point. It simply stands as a comment on the work that has been done in this paper and the area of research more generally.

(2) The discussion of memory suppression is potentially interesting but raises many questions. That is, memory suppression is invoked to explain a particular pattern of results but I, as the reader, have no sense of why a fear memory would be better suppressed shortly after the retrieval-extinction protocol compared to the standard extinction protocol; and why this suppression is NOT specific to the cue that had been subjected to the retrieval-extinction protocol. I accept that the present study was not intended to examine aspects of memory suppression, and that it is a hypothesis proposed to explain the results collected in this study. I am not asking the authors to change anything in response to this point. Again, it simply stands as a comment on the work that has been done in this paper.

(3) The authors have inserted the following text in the revised manuscript: "It should be noted that while our long-term amnesia results were consistent with the fear memory reconsolidation literatures, there were also studies that failed to observe fear prevention (Chalkia, Schroyens, et al., 2020; Chalkia, Van Oudenhove, et al., 2020; Schroyens et al., 2023). Although the memory reconsolidation framework provides a viable explanation for the long-term amnesia, more evidence is required to validate the presence of reconsolidation, especially at the neurobiological level (Elsey et al., 2018). While it is beyond the scope of the current study to discuss the discrepancies between these studies, one possibility to reconcile these results concerns the procedure for the retrieval-extinction training. It has been shown that the eligibility for old memory to be updated is contingent on whether the old memory and new observations can be inferred to have been generated by the same latent cause (Gershman et al., 2017; Gershman and Niv, 2012). For example, prevention of the return of fear memory can be achieved through gradual extinction paradigm, which is thought to reduce the size of prediction errors to inhibit the formation of new latent causes (Gershman, Jones, et al., 2013). Therefore, the effectiveness of the retrieval-extinction paradigm might depend on the reliability of such paradigm in inferring the same underlying latent cause." ***It is perfectly fine to state that "the effectiveness of the retrieval-extinction paradigm might depend on the reliability of such paradigm in inferring the same underlying latent cause..." This is not uninteresting; but it also isn't saying much. Ideally, the authors would have included some statement about factors that are likely to determine whether one is or isn't likely to see a retrieval-extinction effect, grounded in terms of the latent state theories that have been invoked here. Presumably, the retrieval-extinction protocol has variable effects because of procedural differences that affect whether subjects infer the same underlying latent cause when shifted into extinction. Surely, the clinical implications of any findings are seriously curtailed unless one understands when a protocol is likely to produce an effect; and why the effect occurs at all? This question is rhetorical. I am not asking the authors to change anything in response to this point. Again, it stands as a comment on the work that has been done in this paper; and remains a comment after insertion of the new text, which is acknowledged and appreciated.

(4) The authors find different patterns of responses to CS1 and CS2 when they were tested 30 min after extinction versus 24 h after extinction. On this basis, they infer distinct memory update mechanisms. However, I still can't quite see why the different patterns of responses at these two time points after extinction need to be taken to infer different memory update mechanisms. That is, the different patterns of responses at the two time points could be indicative of the same "memory update mechanism" in the sense that the retrieval-extinction procedure induces a short-term memory suppression that serves as the basis for the longer-term memory suppression (i.e., the reconsolidation effect). My pushback on this point is based on the notion of what constitutes a memory update mechanism; and is motivated by what I take to be a rather loose use of language/terminology in the reconsolidation literature and this paper specifically (for examples, see the title of the paper and line 2 of the abstract).

To be clear: I accept the authors' reply that "The focus of the current manuscript is to demonstrate that the retrieval-extinction paradigm can also facilitate a short-term fear memory deficit measured by SCR". However, I disagree with the claim that any short-term fear memory deficit must be indicative of "update mechanisms other than reconsolidation", which appears on Line 27 in the abstract and very much indicates the spirit of the paper. To make the point: the present study has examined the effectiveness of a retrieval-extinction procedure in suppressing fear responses 30 min, 6 hours and 24 hours after extinction. There are differences across the time points in terms of the level of suppression, its cue specificity, and its sensitivity to manipulation of activity in the dlPFC. This is perfectly interesting when not loaded with additional baggage re separable mechanisms of memory updating at the short and long time points: there is simply no evidence in this study or anywhere else that the short-term deficit in suppression of fear responses has anything whatsoever to do with memory updating. It can be exactly what is implied by the description: a short-term deficit in the suppression of fear responses. Again, this stands as a comment on the work that has been done; and remains a comment for the revised paper.

(5) It is not clear why thought control ability ought to relate to any aspect of the suppression that was evident in the 30 min tests - that is, I accept the correlation between thought control ability and performance in the 30 min tests but would have liked to know why this was looked at in the first place and what, if anything, it means. The issue at hand is that, as best as I can tell, there is no theory to which the result from the short- and long-term tests can be related. The attempts to fill this gap with reference to phenomena like retrieval-induced forgetting are appreciated but raise more questions than answers. This is especially clear in the discussion, where it is acknowledged/stated: "Inspired by the similarities between our results and suppression-induced declarative memory amnesia (Gagnepain et al., 2017), we speculate that the retrieval-extinction procedure might facilitate a spontaneous memory suppression process and thus yield a short-term amnesia effect. Accordingly, the activated fear memory induced by the retrieval cue would be subjected to an automatic fear memory suppression through the extinction training (Anderson and Floresco, 2022)." There is nothing in the subsequent discussion to say why this should have been the case other than the similarity between results obtained in the present study and those in the literature on retrieval induced forgetting, where the nature of the testing is quite different. Again, this is simply a comment on the work that has been done - no change is required for the revised paper.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary

The study investigated whether memory retrieval followed soon by extinction training results in a short-term memory deficit when tested - with a reinstatement test that results in recovery from extinction - soon after extinction training. Experiment 1 documents this phenomenon using a between-subjects design. Experiment 2 used a within-subject control and sees that the effect is also observed in a control condition. In addition, it also revealed that if testing is conducted 6 hours after extinction, there is not effect of retrieval prior to extinction as there is recovery from extinction independently of retrieval prior to extinction. A third Group also revealed that retrieval followed by extinction attenuates reinstatement when the test is conducted 24 hours later, consistent with previous literature. Finally, Experiment 3 used continuous theta-burst stimulation of the dorsolateral prefrontal cortex and assessed whether inhibition of that region (vs a control region) reversed the short-term effect revealed in Experiments 1 and 2. The results of control groups in Experiment 3 replicated the previous findings (short-term effect), and the experimental group revealed that these can be reversed by inhibition of the dorsolateral prefrontal cortex.

Strengths

The work is performed using standard procedures (fear conditioning and continuous theta-burst stimulation) and there is some justification of the sample sizes. The results replicate previous findings - some of which have been difficult to replicate and this needs to be acknowledged - and suggest that the effect can also be observed in a short-term reinstatement test.

The study establishes links between the memory reconsolidation and retrieval-induced forgetting (or memory suppression) literatures. The explanations that have been developed for these are distinct and the current results integrate these, by revealing that the DLPFC activity involved in retrieval-extinction short-term effect. There is thus some novelty in the present results, but numerous questions remain unaddressed.

Weakness

The fear acquisition data is converted to a differential fear SCR and this is what is analysed (early vs late). However, the figure shows the raw SCR values for CS+ and CS- and therefore it is unclear whether acquisition was successful (despite there being an "early" vs "late" effect - no descriptives are provided).

In Experiment 1 (Test results) it is unclear whether the main conclusion stems from a comparison of the test data relative to the last extinction trial ("we defined the fear recovery index as the SCR difference between the first test trial and the last extinction trial for a specific CS") or the difference relative to the CS- ("differential fear recovery index between CS+ and CS-"). It would help the reader assess the data if Fig 1e presents all the indexes (both CS+ and CS-). In addition, there is one sentence which I could not understand "there is no statistical difference between the differential fear recovery indexes between CS+ in the reminder and no reminder groups (P=0.048)". The p value suggests that there is a difference, yet it is not clear what is being compared here. Critically, any index taken as a difference relative to the CS- can indicate recovery of fear to the CS+ or absence of discrimination relative to the CS-, so ideally the authors would want to directly compare responses to the CS+ in the reminder and no-reminder groups. In the absence of such comparison, little can be concluded, in particular if SCR CS- data is different between groups. The latter issue is particularly relevant in Experiment 2, in which the CS- seems to vary between groups during the test and this can obscure the interpretation of the result.

In experiment 1, the findings suggest that there is a benefit of retrieval followed by extinction in a short-term reinstatement test. In Experiment 2, the same effect is observed to a cue which did not undergo retrieval before extinction (CS2+), a result that is interpreted as resulting from cue-independence, rather than a failure to replicate in a within-subjects design the observations of Experiment 1 (between-subjects). Although retrieval-induced forgetting is cue-independent (the effect on items that are supressed [Rp-] can be observed with an independent probe), it is not clear that the current findings are similar, and thus that the strong parallels made are not warranted. Here, both cues have been extinguished and therefore been equally exposed during the critical stage.

The findings in Experiment 2 suggest that the amnesia reported in experiment 1 is transient, in that no effect is observed when the test is delayed by 6 hours. The phenomena whereby reactivated memories transition to extinguished memories as a function of the amount of exposure (or number of trials) is completely different from the phenomena observed here. In the former, the manipulation has to do with the number of trials (or total amount of time) that the cues are exposed. In the current Experiment 2, the authors did not manipulate the number of trials but instead the retention interval between extinction and test. The finding reported here is closer to a "Kamin effect", that is the forgetting of learned information which is observed with intervals of intermediate length (Baum, 1968). Because the Kamin effect has been inferred to result from retrieval failure, it is unclear how this can be explained here. There needs to be much more clarity on the explanations to substantiate the conclusions.

There are many results (Ryan et al., 2015) that challenge the framework that the authors base their predictions on (consolidation and reconsolidation theory), therefore these need to be acknowledged. These studies showed that memory can be expressed in the absence of the biological machinery thought to be needed for memory performance. The authors should be careful about statements such as "eliminate fear memores" for which there is little evidence.

The parallels between the current findings and the memory suppression literature are speculated in the general discussion, and there is the conclusion that "the retrieval-extinction procedure might facilitate a spontaneous memory suppression process". Because one of the basic tenets of the memory suppression literature is that it reflects an "active suppression" process, there is no reason to believe that in the current paradigm the same phenomenon is in place, but instead it is "automatic". In other words, the conclusions make strong parallels with the memory suppression (and cognitive control) literature, yet the phenomena that they observed is thought to be passive (or spontaneous/automatic). Ultimately, it is unclear why 10 mins between the reminder and extinction learning will "automatically" supress fear memories. Further down in the discussion it is argued that "For example, in the well-known retrieval-induced forgetting (RIF) phenomenon, the recall of a stored memory can impair the retention of related long-term memory and this forgetting effect emerges as early as 20 minutes after the retrieval procedure, suggesting memory suppression or inhibition can occur in a more spontaneous and automatic manner". I did not follow with the time delay between manipulation and test (20 mins) would speak about whether the process is controlled or automatic. In addition, the links with the "latent cause" theoretical framework are weak if any. There is little reason to believe that one extinction trial, separated by 10 mins from the rest of extinction trials, may lead participants to learn that extinction and acquisition have been generated by the same latent cause.

Among the many conclusions, one is that the current study uncovers the "mechanism" underlying the short-term effects of retrieval-extinction. There is little in the current report that uncovers the mechanism, even in the most psychological sense of the mechanism, so this needs to be clarified. The same applies to the use of "adaptive".

Whilst I could access the data in the OFS site, I could not make sense of the Matlab files as there is no signposting indicating what data is being shown in the files. Thus, as it stands, there is no way of independently replicating the analyses reported.<br /> The supplemental material shows figures with all participants, but only some statistical analyses are provided, and sometimes these are different from those reported in the main manuscript. For example, the test data in Experiment 1 is analysed with a two-way ANOVA with main effects of group (reminder vs no-reminder) and time (last trial of extinction vs first trial of test) in the main report. The analyses with all participants in the sup mat used a mixed two-way ANOVA with group (reminder vs no reminder) and CS (CS+ vs CS-). This makes it difficult to assess the robustness of the results when including all participants. In addition, in the supplementary materials there are no figures and analyses for Experiment 3.

One of the overarching conclusions is that the "mechanisms" underlying reconsolidation (long term) and memory suppression (short term) phenomena are distinct, but memory suppression phenomena can also be observed after a 7-day retention interval (Storm et al., 2012), which then questions the conclusions achieved by the current study.

References:

Baum, M. (1968). Reversal learning of an avoidance response and the Kamin effect. Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 66(2), 495.<br /> Chalkia, A., Schroyens, N., Leng, L., Vanhasbroeck, N., Zenses, A. K., Van Oudenhove, L., & Beckers, T. (2020). No persistent attenuation of fear memories in humans: A registered replication of the reactivation-extinction effect. Cortex, 129, 496-509.<br /> Ryan, T. J., Roy, D. S., Pignatelli, M., Arons, A., & Tonegawa, S. (2015). Engram cells retain memory under retrograde amnesia. Science, 348(6238), 1007-1013.<br /> Storm, B. C., Bjork, E. L., & Bjork, R. A. (2012). On the durability of retrieval-induced forgetting. Journal of Cognitive Psychology, 24(5), 617-629.

Comments on revisions:

Thanks to the authors for trying to address my concerns.

(1 and 2) My point about evidence for learning relates to the fact that in none of the experiments an increase in SCR to the CSs+ is observed during training (in Experiment 1 CS+/CS- differences are even present from the outset), instead what happens is that participants learn to discriminate between the CS+ and CS- and decrease their SCR responding to the safe CS-. This begs the question as to what is being learned, given that the assumption is that the retrieval-extinction treatment is concerned with the excitatory memory (CS+) rather than the CS+/CS- discrimination. For example, Figures 6A and 6B have short/Long term amnesia in the right axes, but it is unclear from the data what memory is being targeted. In Figure 6C, the right panels depicting Suppression and Reconsolidation mechanisms suggest that it is the CS+ memory that is being targeted. Because the dependent measure (differential SCR) captures how well the discrimination was learned (this point relates to point 2 which the authors now acknowledge that there are differences between groups in responding to the CS-), then I struggle to see how the data supports these CS+ conclusions. The fact that influential papers have used this dependent measure (i.e., differential SCR) does not undermine the point that differences between groups at test are driven by differences in responding to the CS-.

(3, 4 and 5) The authors have qualified some of the statements, yet I fail to see some of these parallels. Much of the discussion is speculative and ultimately left for future research to address.

(6) I can now make more sense of the publicly available data, although the files would benefit from an additional column that distinguishes between participants that were included in the final analyses (passed the multiple criteria = 1) and those who did not (did not pass the criteria = 0). Otherwise, anyone who wants to replicate these analyses needs to decipher the multiple inclusion criteria and apply it to the dataset.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

The study examines human biases in a regime-change task, in which participants have to report the probability of a regime change in the face of noisy data. The behavioral results indicate that humans display systematic biases, in particular, overreaction in stable but noisy environments and underreaction in volatile settings with more certain signals. fMRI results suggest that a frontoparietal brain network is selectively involved in representing subjective sensitivity to noise, while the vmPFC selectively represents sensitivity to the rate of change.

Strengths:

- The study relies on a task that measures regime-change detection primarily based on descriptive information about the noisiness and rate of change. This distinguishes the study from prior work using reversal-learning or change-point tasks in which participants are required to learn these parameters from experiences. The authors discuss these differences comprehensively.

- The study uses a simple Bayes-optimal model combined with model fitting, which seems to describe the data well. The model is comprehensively validated.

- The authors apply model-based fMRI analyses that provide a close link to behavioral results, offering an elegant way to examine individual biases.

Weaknesses:

The authors have adequately addressed most of my prior concerns.

My only remaining comment concerns the z-test of the correlations. I agree with the non-parametric test based on bootstrapping at the subject level, providing evidence for significant differences in correlations within the left IFG and IPS.

However, the parametric test seems inadequate to me. The equation presented is described as the Fisher z-test, but the numerator uses the raw correlation coefficients (r) rather than the Fisher-transformed values (z). To my understanding, the subtraction should involve the Fisher z-scores, not the raw correlations.

More importantly, the Fisher z-test in its standard form assumes that the correlations come from independent samples, as reflected in the denominator (which uses the n of each independent sample). However, in my opinion, the two correlations are not independent but computed within-subject. In such cases, parametric tests should take into account the dependency. I believe one appropriate method for the current case (correlated correlation coefficients sharing a variable [behavioral slope]) is explained here:

Meng, X.-l., Rosenthal, R., & Rubin, D. B. (1992). Comparing correlated correlation coefficients. Psychological Bulletin, 111(1), 172-175. https://doi.org/10.1037/0033-2909.111.1.172

It should be implemented here:

Diedenhofen B, Musch J (2015) cocor: A Comprehensive Solution for the Statistical Comparison of Correlations. PLoS ONE 10(4): e0121945. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0121945

My recommendation is to verify whether my assumptions hold, and if so, perform a test that takes correlated correlations into account. Or, to focus exclusively on the non-parametric test.

In any case, I recommend a short discussion of these findings and how the authors interpret that some of the differences in correlations are not significant.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

This study concerns how observers (human participants) detect changes in the statistics of their environment, termed regime shifts. To make this concrete, a series of 10 balls are drawn from an urn that contains mainly red or mainly blue balls. If there is a regime shift, the urn is changed over (from mainly red to mainly blue) at some point in the 10 trials. Participants report their belief that there has been a regime shift as a % probability. Their judgement should (mathematically) depend on the prior probability of a regime shift (which is set at one of three levels) and the strength of evidence (also one of three levels, operationalized as the proportion of red balls in the mostly-blue urn and vice versa). Participants are directly instructed of the prior probability of regime shift and proportion of red balls, which are presented on-screen as numerical probabilities. The task therefore differs from most previous work on this question in that probabilities are instructed rather than learned by observation, and beliefs are reported as numerical probabilities rather than being inferred from participants' choice behaviour (as in many bandit tasks, such as Behrens 2007 Nature Neurosci).

The key behavioural finding is that participants over-estimate the prior probability of regime change when it is low, and under estimate it when it is high; and participants over-estimate the strength of evidence when it is low and under-estimate it when it is high. In other words participants make much less distinction between the different generative environments than an optimal observer would. This is termed 'system neglect'. A neuroeconomic-style mathematical model is presented and fit to data.

Functional MRI results how that strength of evidence for a regime shift (roughly, the surprise associated with a blue ball from an apparently red urn) is associated with activity in the frontal-parietal orienting network. Meanwhile, at time-points where the probability of a regime shift is high, there is activity in another network including vmPFC. Both networks show individual differences effects, such that people who were more sensitive to strength of evidence and prior probability show more activity in the frontal-parietal and vmPFC-linked networks respectively.

Strengths

(1) The study provides a different task for looking at change-detection and how this depends on estimates of environmental volatility and sensory evidence strength, in which participants are directly and precisely informed of the environmental volatility and sensory evidence strength rather than inferring them through observation as in most previous studies<br /> (2) Participants directly provide belief estimates as probabilities rather than experimenters inferring them from choice behaviour as in most previous studies<br /> (3) The results are consistent with well-established findings that surprising sensory events activate the frontal-parietal orienting network whilst updating of beliefs about the word ('regime shift') activates vmPFC.

Weaknesses

(1) The use of numerical probabilities (both to describe the environments to participants, and for participants to report their beliefs) may be problematic because people are notoriously bad at interpreting probabilities presented in this way, and show poor ability to reason with this information (see Kahneman's classic work on probabilistic reasoning, and how it can be improved by using natural frequencies). Therefore the fact that, in the present study, people do not fully use this information, or use it inaccurately, may reflect the mode of information delivery.

(2) Although a very precise model of 'system neglect' is presented, many other models could fit the data.

For example, you would get similar effects due to attraction of parameter estimates towards a global mean - essentially application of a hyper-prior in which the parameters applied by each participant in each block are attracted towards the experiment-wise mean values of these parameters. For example, the prior probability of regime shift ground-truth values [0.01, 0.05, 0.10] are mapped to subjective values of [0.037, 0.052, 0.069]; this would occur if observers apply a hyper-prior that the probability of regime shift is about 0.05 (the average value over all blocks). This 'attraction to the mean' is a well-established phenomenon and cannot be ruled out with the current data (I suppose you could rule it out by comparing to another dataset in which the mean ground-truth value was different).

More generally, any model in which participants don't fully use the numerical information they were given would produce apparent 'system neglect'. Four qualitatively different example reasons are: 1. Some individual participants completely ignored the probability values given. 2. Participants did not ignore the probability values given, but combined them with a hyperprior as above. 3. Participants had a reporting bias where their reported beliefs that a regime-change had occurred tend to be shifted towards 50% (rather than reporting 'confident' values such 5% or 95%). 4. Participants underweighted probability outliers resulting in underweighting of evidence in the 'high signal diagnosticity' environment (10.1016/j.neuron.2014.01.020 )

In summary I agree that any model that fits the data would have to capture the idea that participants don't differentiate between the different environments as much as they should, but I think there are a number of qualitatively different reasons why they might do this - of which the above are only examples - hence I find it problematic that the authors present the behaviour as evidence for one extremely specific model.

(3) Despite efforts to control confounds in the fMRI study, including two control experiments, I think some confounds remain.

For example, a network of regions is presented as correlating with the cumulative probability that there has been a regime shift in this block of 10 samples (Pt). However, regardless of the exact samples shown, doesn't Pt always increase with sample number (as by the time of later samples, there have been more opportunities for a regime shift)? Unless this is completely linear, the effect won't be controlled by including trial number as a co-regressor (which was done).

On the other hand, two additional fMRI experiments are done as control experiments and the effect of Pt in the main study is compared to Pt in these control experiments. Whilst I admire the effort in carrying out control studies, I can't understand how these particular experiment are useful controls. For example in experiment 3 participants simply type in numbers presented on the screen - how can we even have an estimate of Pt from this task?

(4) The Discussion is very long, and whilst a lot of related literature is cited, I found it hard to pin down within the discussion, what the key contributions of this study are. In my opinion it would be better to have a short but incisive discussion highlighting the advances in understanding that arise from the current study, rather than reviewing the field so broadly.

Editors’ note: Reviewer #2 was unavailable to re-review the manuscript. Reviewer #3 was added for this round of review to ensure two reviewers and because of their expertise in the computational and modelling aspects of the work.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

Silbaugh, Koster and Hansel investigated how the cerebellar climbing fiber (CF) signals influence neuronal activity and plasticity in mouse primary somatosensory (S1) cortex. They found that optogenetic activation of CFs in the cerebellum modulates responses of cortical neurons to whisker stimulation in a cell-type-specific manner and suppresses potentiation of layer 2/3 pyramidal neurons induced by repeated whisker stimulation. This suppression of plasticity by CF activation is mediated through modulation of VIP- and SST-positive interneurons. Using transsynaptic tracing and chemogenetic approaches, the authors identified a pathway from the cerebellum through the zona incerta and the thalamic posterior medial (POm) nucleus to the S1 cortex, which underlies this functional modulation.

The authors have addressed all the necessary points.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

The authors examined long-distance influence of climbing fiber (CF) signaling in the somatosensory cortex by manipulating whiskers through stimulation. Also, they examined CF signaling using two-photon imaging and mapped projections from the cerebellum to somatosensory cortex using transsynaptic tracing. As a final manipulation, they used chemogenetics to perturb parvalbumin positive neurons in the zona incerta and recorded from climbing fibers.

Strengths:

There are several strengths to this paper. The recordings were carefully performed and AAVs used were selective and specific for the cell-types and pathways being analyzed. In addition, the authors used multiple approaches that support climbing fiber pathways to distal regions of the brain. This work will impact the field and describes nice methods to target difficult to reach brain regions, such as the inferior olive.

No weaknesses noted.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

Summary:

The authors developed an interesting novel paradigm to probe the effects of cerebellar climbing fiber activation on short-term adaptation of somatosensory neocortical activity during repetitive whisker stimulation. Normally, RWS potentiated whisker responses in pyramidal cells and weakly suppressed them in interneruons, lasting for at least 1h. Crusii Optogenetic climbing fiber activation during RWS reduced or inverted these adaptive changes. This effect was generally mimicked or blocked with chemogenetic SST or VIP activation/suppression as predicted based on their "sign" in the circuit.

Strengths:

The central finding about CF modulation of S1 response adaptation is interesting, important, and convincing, and provides a jumping-off point for the field to start to think carefully about cerebellar modulation of neocortical plasticity.

Weaknesses:

The SST and VIP results appeared slightly weaker statistically, but I do not personally think this detracts from the importance of the initial finding (if there are multiple underlying mechanisms, modulating one may reproduce only a fraction of the effect size). I found the suggestion that zona incerta may be responsible for the cerebellar effects on S1 to be a more speculative result (it is not so easy with existing technology to effectively modulate this type of polysynaptic pathway), but this may be an interesting topic for the authors to follow up on in more detail in the future.

Comments on revisions:

The authors have appropriately addressed my comments.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

The study aims to determine the role of Slit-Robo signaling in the development and patterning of cardiac innervation, a key process in heart development. Despite the well-studied roles of Slit axon guidance molecules in the development of the central nervous system, their roles in the peripheral nervous system are less clear. Thus, the present study addresses an important question. The study uses genetic knockout models to investigate how Slit2, Slit3, Robo1, and Robo2 contribute to cardiac innervation

Using constitutive and cell type-specific knockout mouse models, they show that the loss of endothelial-derived Slit2 reduces cardiac innervation. Additionally, Robo1 knockout, but not Robo2 knockout, recapitulated the Slit2 knockout effect on cardiac innervation, leading to the conclusion that Slit2-Robo1 signaling drives sympathetic innervation in the heart. Finally, the authors also show a reduction in isoproterenol-stimulated heart rate but not basal heart rate in the absence of endothelial Slit2.

The conclusions of this paper are mostly well supported by the data, but there are several limitations:

(1) It is well established that Slit ligands undergo proteolytic cleavage, generating N- and C-terminal fragments with distinct biological functions. Full-length Slit proteins and their fragments differ in cell association, with the N-terminal fragment typically remaining membrane-bound, while the C-terminal fragment is more diffusible. This distinction is crucial when evaluating the role of Slit proteins secreted by different cell types in the heart. However, this study does not examine or discuss the specific contributions of different Slit2 fragments, limiting its mechanistic insight into how Slit2 regulates cardiac innervation. While these points are mentioned in the discussion, they are not incorporated into the interpretation of the data or the presented model.

(2) The endothelial-specific deletion of Slit2 leads to its loss in endothelial cells across various organs and tissues in the developing embryo. Therefore, the phenotypes observed in the heart may be influenced by defects in other parts of the embryo, such as the CNS or sympathetic ganglia, and this possibility cannot be ruled out. The data presented in the manuscript does not dissect the relative contributions of endothelial Slit2 loss in the heart versus secondary effects arising from other organ systems. Without tissue-specific rescue or complementary conditional models, it remains unclear whether the observed cardiac phenotypes are a direct consequence of local endothelial Slit2 deficiency or an indirect outcome of broader developmental perturbations.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

The aims of investigating Slit-Robo signaling in cardiac innervation were achieved by the experiments designed. The authors demonstrate that endothelial Slit2 signaling through Robo1 drives sympathetic innervation. While questions remain regarding signal regulation and interplay between established axon guidance signals and the further role of other Slit ligands and Robo expression in endothelium, the results strongly support the conclusions drawn.<br /> Writing and presentation are easy to follow and well structured. Appropriate controls are used, statistical analysis applied appropriately, and experiments directly test aims following a logical story.<br /> The authors demonstrate a novel mechanism for Slit-Robo signaling in cardiac sympathetic innervation. The data establishes a framework for future studies.

The authors have updated their discussion to highlight the need for investigation of the role of proteolytic cleavage of Slit2 as well as the potential for defects in other tissues due to endothelial knockout of Slit2 influencing cardiac innervation.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

This work presents a modality-agnostic decoder trained on a large fMRI dataset (SemReps-8K), in which subjects viewed natural images and corresponding captions. The decoder predicts stimulus content from brain activity irrespective of the input modality and performs on par with-or even outperforms-modality-specific decoders. Its success depends more on the diversity of brain data (multimodal vs. unimodal) than on whether the feature-extraction models are visual, linguistic, or multimodal. Particularly, the decoder shows strong performance in decoding imagery content. These results suggest that the modality-agnostic decoder effectively leverages shared brain information across image and caption tasks.

Strengths:

(1) The modality-agnostic decoder compellingly leverages multimodal brain information, improving decoding accuracy-particularly for non-sensory input such as captions-showing high methodological and application value.

(2) The dataset is a substantial and well-controlled contribution, with >8,000 image-caption trials per subject and careful matching of stimuli across modalities-an essential resource for testing theories about different representational modalities.

Weakness:

In the searchlight analysis aimed at identifying modality-invariant representations, although the combined use of four decoding conditions represents a relatively strict approach, the underlying logic remains unclear. The modality-agnostic decoder has demonstrated strong sensitivity in decoding brain activity, as shown earlier in the paper, whereas the cross-decoding with modality-specific decoders is inherently more conservative. If, as the authors note, the modality-agnostic decoder might have learned to leverage different features to project stimuli from different modalities, then taking the union of conditions would seem more appropriate. Conversely, if the goal is to obtain a more conservative result, why not focus solely on the cross-decoding conditions? The relationships among the four decoding conditions are not clearly delineated, and the contrasts between them might themselves yield valuable insights. As it stands, however, the logic of the current approach is not straightforward.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

Summary:

The authors recorded brain responses while participants viewed images and captions. The images and captions were taken from the COCO dataset, so each image has a corresponding caption and each caption has a corresponding image. This enabled the authors to extract features from either the presented stimulus or the corresponding stimulus in the other modality. The authors trained linear decoders to take brain responses and predict stimulus features. "Modality-specific" decoders were trained on brain responses to either images or captions while "modality-agnostic" decoders were trained on brain responses to both stimulus modalities. The decoders were evaluated on brain responses while the participants viewed and imagined new stimuli, and prediction performance was quantified using pairwise accuracy. The authors reported the following results:

(1) Decoders trained on brain responses to both images and captions can predict new brain responses to either modality.

(2) Decoders trained on brain responses to both images and captions outperform decoders trained on brain responses to a single modality.

(3) Many cortical regions represent the same concepts in vision and language.

(4) Decoders trained on brain responses to both images and captions can decode brain responses to imagined scenes.

Strengths:

This is an interesting study that addresses important questions about modality-agnostic representations. Previous work has shown that decoders trained on brain responses to one modality can be used to decode brain responses to another modality. The authors build on these findings by collecting a new multimodal dataset and training decoders on brain responses to both modalities.

To my knowledge, SemReps-8K is the first dataset of brain responses to vision and language where each stimulus item has a corresponding stimulus item in the other modality. This means that brain responses to a stimulus item can be modeled using visual features of the image, linguistic features of the caption, or multimodal features derived from both the image and the caption. The authors also employed a multimodal one-back matching task which forces the participants to activate modality-agnostic representations. Overall, SemReps-8K is a valuable resource that will help researchers answer more questions about modality-agnostic representations.

The analyses are also very comprehensive. The authors trained decoders on brain responses to images, captions, and both modalities, and they tested the decoders on brain responses to images, caption, and imagined scenes. They extracted stimulus features using a range of visual, linguistic, and multimodal models. The modeling framework appears rigorous and the results offer new insights into the relationship between vision, language, and imagery. In particular, the authors found that decoders trained on brain responses to both images and captions were more effective at decoding brain responses to imagined scenes than decoders trained on brain responses to either modality in isolation. The authors also found that imagined scenes can be decoded from a broad network of cortical regions.

Weaknesses:

The characterization of "modality-agnostic" and "modality-specific" decoders seems a bit contradictory. There are three major choices when fitting a decoder: the modality of the training stimuli, the modality of the testing stimuli, and the model used to extract stimulus features. However, the authors characterize their decoders based on only the first choice-"modality-specific" decoders were trained on brain responses to either images or captions while "modality-agnostic" decoders were trained on brain responses to both stimulus modalities. I think that this leads to some instances where the conclusions are inconsistent with the methods and results.

First, the authors suggest that "modality-specific decoders are not explicitly encouraged to pick up on modality-agnostic features during training" (line 137) while "modality-agnostic decoders may be more likely to leverage representations that are modality-agnostic" (line 140). However, whether a decoder is required to learn modality-agnostic representations depends on both the training responses and the stimulus features. Consider the case where the stimuli are represented using linguistic features of the captions. When you train a "modality-specific" decoder on image responses, the decoder is forced to rely on modality-agnostic information that is shared between the image responses and the caption features. On the other hand, when you train a "modality-agnostic" decoder on both image responses and caption responses, the decoder has access to the modality-specific information that is shared by the caption responses and the caption features, so it is not explicitly required to learn modality-agnostic features. As a result, while the authors show that "modality-agnostic" decoders outperform "modality-specific" decoders in most conditions, I am not convinced that this is because they are forced to learn more modality-agnostic features.

Second, the authors claim that "modality-specific decoders can be applied only in the modality that they were trained on" while "modality-agnostic decoders can be applied to decode stimuli from multiple modalities, even without knowing a priori the modality the stimulus was presented in" (line 47). While "modality-agnostic" decoders do outperform "modality-specific" decoders in the cross-modality conditions, it is important to note that "modality-specific" decoders still perform better than expected by chance (figure 5). It is also important to note that knowing about the input modality still improves decoding performance even for "modality-agnostic" decoders, since it determines the optimal feature space-it is better to decode brain responses to images using decoders trained on image features, and it is better to decode brain responses to captions using decoders trained on caption features.

Comments on revised version:

The revised version benefits from clearer claims and more precise terminology (i.e. classifying the decoders as "modality-agnostic" or "modality-specific" while classifying the representations as "modality-invariant" or "modality-dependent").

While the modality-agnostic decoders outperform the modality-specific decoders, I am still not convinced that this is because they are "explicitly trained to leverage the shared information in modality-invariant patterns of the brain activity". On one hand, the high-level feature spaces may each contain some amount of modality-invariant information, so even modality-specific decoders can capture some modality-invariant information. On the other hand, I do not see how training the modality-agnostic decoders on responses to both modalities necessitates that they learn modality-invariant representations beyond those that are learned by the modality-specific decoders.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

This work compiles a comprehensive atlas of ncORFs across mammalian tissues and cell types, derived from reanalysis of ~400 public ribosome profiling datasets. The authors then evaluate cross-species conservation and functional signatures, proposing that evolutionarily ancient ncORFs tend to have higher translation potential, stronger expression, and closer relationships with canonical coding sequences.

Strengths:

In general, the study provides a large-scale and timely resource of annotated ncORFs, which could be broadly useful for the community. The authors collected ~400 public ribosome profiling datasets for annotations of ncORFs, which, to my best knowledge, is the largest collection of data for such a purpose. The catalog could facilitate future investigations into ncORF biology and broaden understanding of the coding potential of the "non-coding" genome.

Weaknesses:

Based on the ncORF catalog, some of the analyses were not properly done. Some of the results are descriptive.

(1) Bias and representations of the data source. Public ribo-seq datasets are unevenly distributed across tissues and cell lines, raising concerns about heterogeneity and underrepresentation of certain contexts. This may limit the generalizability of the catalog.

(2) The discussion on modular domains of ncORFs is unclear, and the claim that they may originate via TE-related mechanisms is not well supported. Stronger evidence or clearer reasoning is needed.

(3) The conservation comparisons are not fully convincing. Figure S7 shows only mild differences between ncORFs and CDS, and statistical significance is not clearly demonstrated.<br /> Comparisons with other non-coding RNAs should be added, and overlapping sequences between ncORFs and CDS should be excluded to avoid bias.

(4) Figure 3 indicates that some ncORFs are subject to evolutionary constraints. This is not surprising. The authors should provide further analyses on more detailed features of these "conserved" ncORFs vs. the "non-conserved" ones. Some pretty informative works have been done in Drosophila, worms, mice, and humans. Figure 3 suggests some ncORFs are under evolutionary constraint, but this is not unexpected. More granular analyses contrasting "conserved" versus "non-conserved" ncORFs would be informative. In fact, small ORFs, especially uORFs, have been extensively studied for their functions and cross-species conservation. The authors should explicitly show what is new here in their analyses.

(5) Translation levels are reported using RPF counts. However, translation efficiency (normalized by RNA expression) is a more appropriate measure to account for expression heterogeneity.

(6) The correlation analyses between ncORF translation levels and PhyloCSF are confusing and largely descriptive. These sections need sharper framing and clearer conclusions.

(7) Public ribo-seq datasets, generated by different research labs, are known for their strong batch effects. Representations of tissues and cells are also very unbalanced. Therefore, the co-translation analysis between ncORFs and canonical CDS is not well controlled. This should be done by referring to a recent large-scale ribo-seq meta-analysis (Nat Biotechnol. 2025. doi: 10.1038/s41587-025-02718-5).

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

Chang et al. attempted to analyze a large number of ribo-seq datasets through a standardized pipeline, identifying novel non-canonical ORFs and elucidating their evolutionary and expression characteristics.

Strengths:

(1) The datasets analyzed by the authors are sufficiently comprehensive, and the use of standardized pipelines ensures excellent analytical consistency.

(2) Their analyses of ORF evolution and co-expression further deepen our understanding of these ORFs.

Weaknesses:

(1) The authors primarily conducted analyses through bioinformatics, lacking sufficient wet-lab experimental evidence.

(2) Regarding the evolution of non-canonical ORFs, a considerable amount of prior work already exists. The authors need to further clarify what new insights and discoveries they have made based on the analysis of such a large dataset.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

RNA modification has emerged as an important modulator of protein synthesis. Recent studies found that mRNA can be acetylated (ac4c), which can alter mRNA stability and translation efficiency. The role of ac4c mRNA in the brain has not been studied. In this paper, the authors convincingly show that ac4c occurs selectively on mRNAs localized at synapses, but not cell-wide. The ac4c "writer" NAT10 is highly expressed in hippocampal excitatory neurons. Using NAT10 conditional KO mice, decreasing levels of NAT10 resulted in decreases in ac4c of mRNAs and also showed deficits in LTP and spatial memory. These results reveal a potential role for ac4c mRNA in memory consolidation.

This is a new type of mRNA regulation that seems to act specifically at synapses, which may help elucidate the mechanisms of local protein synthesis in memory consolidation. Overall, the studies are well carried out and presented. There is some confusion over training/learning vs memory, and the precise mRNAs that require ac4c to carry out memory consolidation are not clear. The specificity of changes occurring only at the end of training, rather than after each day of training, is interesting and warrants some investigation. This timeframe is puzzling because the authors show that ac4c can dynamically increase within 1 hour after cLTP.

Strengths:

(1) The studies show that mRNA acetylation (ac4c) occurs selectively at mRNAs localized to synaptic compartments (using synaptoneurosome preps).

(2) The authors identify a few key mRNAs acetylated and involved in plasticity and memory - e.g., Arc.

(3) The authors show that Ac4c is induced by learning and neuronal activity (cLTP).

(4) The studies show that the ac4c "writer" NAT10 is expressed in hippocampal excitatory neurons and may be relocated to synapses after cLTP/learning induction.

(5) The authors used floxed NAT10 mice injected with AAV-Cre in the hippocampus (NAT10 cKO) to show that NAT10 may play a role in LTP maintenance and memory consolidation (using the Morris Water Maze).

Weaknesses:

(1) The authors use a confusing timeline for their behavioral experiments, i.e, day 1 is the first day of training in the MWM, and day 6 is the probe trial, but in reality, day 6 is the first day after the last training day. So this is really day 1 post-training, and day 20 is 14 days post-training.

(2) The authors inaccurately use memory as a term. During the training period in the MWM, the animals are learning, while memory is only probed on day 6 (after learning). Thus, day 6 reflects memory consolidation processes after learning has taken place.

(3) The NAT10 cKO mice are useful to test the causal role of NAT10 in ac4a and plasticity/memory, but all the experiments used AAV-CRE injections in the dorsal hippocampus that showed somewhat modest decreases in total NAT10 protein levels. For these experiments, it would be better to cross the NAT10 floxed animals to CRE lines where a better knockdown of NAT10 can be achieved, with less variability.

(4) Because knockdown is only modest (~50%), it is not clear if the remaining ac4c on mRNAs is due to remaining NAT10 protein or due to an alternative writer (as the authors pose).

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

This is an interesting study that shows that mRNA acetylation at synapses is dynamically regulated at synapses by spatial memory in the mouse hippocampus. The dynamic changes of ac4C-mRNAs regulated by memory were validated by methods including ac4C dot-blot and liquid 13 chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry (LC-MS/MS).

Here are some comments for consideration by readers and authors:

(1) It is known that synaptosomes are contaminated with glial tissue. In the study, the authors also show that NAT0 is expressed in glia. So the candidate mRNAs identified by acRIP-seq might also be mixed with glial mRNAs. Are the GO BP terms shown in Figure 3A specifically chosen, or unbiasedly listed for all top ones?

(2) Where does NAT10-mediated mRNA acetylation take place within cells generally? Is there evidence that NAT10 can catalyze mRNA acetylation in the cytoplasm?

(3) "The NAT10 proteins were significantly reduced in the cytoplasm (S2 fraction) but increased in the PSD fraction at day 6 after memory (Figures 5J and 5K)." The authors argue that the translocation of NAT10 from soma to synapses accounts for these changes. The increase of NAT10 protein in the PSD fraction can be understood. However, it is quite surprising that the NAT10 proteins were significantly reduced in the cytoplasm (S2 fraction), considering the amount of NAT10 in soma is much more abundant in synapses. The small increase in synaptic NAT10 might not be enough to cause a decrease in soma NAT10 protein level.

(4) It is difficult to separate the effect on mRNA acetylation and protein mRNA acetylation when doing the loss of function of NAT10.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

In their manuscript, Richter and colleagues comprehensively investigate the cell wall recycling pathway in the model alphaproteobacterium Caulobacter crescentus using biochemical, imaging, and genetic approaches. They clearly demonstrate that this organism encodes a functional peptidoglycan recycling pathway and demonstrate the activities of many enzymes and transporters within this pathway. They leverage imaging and growth assays to demonstrate that mutants in peptidoglycan recycling have varying degrees of beta-lactam sensitivity as well as morphological and cell division defects. They propose that, rather than impacting the levels or activity of the major beta-lactamase, BlaA, defects in PG recycling lead to beta-lactam sensitivity by limiting the availability of new cell wall precursors. The findings will be of interest to those in the field of bacterial cell wall biochemistry, antibiotics and antibiotic resistance, and bacterial morphogenesis.

Strengths:

Overall, the manuscript is laid out logically, and the data are comprehensive, quantitative, and rigorous. The mutants and their phenotypes will be a valuable resource for Caulobacter researchers.

Weaknesses:

The only major missing piece is the complementation of mutants to demonstrate that loss of the targeted gene is responsible for the observed phenotypes.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

Pia Richter et al. investigated the peptidoglycan (PG) recycling metabolism in the alpha-proteobacterium Caulobacter crescentus. The authors first identified a functional recycling pathway in this organism, which is similar to the Pseudomonas route, and they characterized two key enzymes (NagZ, AmiR) of this pathway, showing that AmiR differs in specificity from the AmpD counterpart of E. coli. Further, they studied the effects of deletions within the PG recycling pathway (ampG, amiR, nagZ, sdpA, blaA, nagA1, nagA2, amgK, nagK mutants), showing filamentation and cell widening, thereby revealing a link between PG recycling and cell division. Finally, they provide a link between PG recycling and beta-lactam sensitivity in C. crescents that is not caused by activation of a beta-lactamase, but rather is a result of reduced supply of PG building blocks increasing the sensitivity of penicillin-binding proteins.

Strengths:

This work adds to the understanding of the role of PG recycling in alpha-proteobacteria, which significantly differ in their mode of cell wall growth from the better studied gamma-proteobacteria.

Weaknesses:

The findings are not entirely novel as recent studies by Modi et al. 2025 mBio (studying C. crescentus) and Gilmore & Cava 2022 Nat. Commun. (studying Agrobacterium tumefaciens) came to similar conclusions.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

The paper by Chen et al describes the role of neuronal themo-TRPV3 channels in the firing of cortical neurons at fever temperature range. The authors began by demonstrating that exposure to infrared light increasing ambient temperature causes body temperature rise to fever level above 38{degree sign}C. Subsequently, they showed that at the fever temperature of 39{degree sign}C, the increased spike threshold (ST) increased in both populations (P12-14 and P7-8) of cortical excitatory pyramidal neurons (PNs). However, the spike number only decreased in P7-8 PNs, while it remained stable in P12-14 PNs at 39{degree sign}C. In addition, the fever temperature also reduced the late peak postsynaptic potential (PSP) in P12-14 PNs. The authors further characterized the firing properties of cortical P12-14 PNs, identifying two types: STAY PNs that retained spiking at 30{degree sign}C, 36{degree sign}C and 39{degree sign}C, and STOP PNs that stopped spiking upon temperature change. They further extended their and analysis and characterization to striatal medium spiny neurons (MSNs) and found that STAY MSNs and PNs shared same ST temperature sensitivity. Using small molecule tools, they further identified that themo-TRPV3 currents in cortical PNs increased in response to temperature elevation, but not TRPV4 currents. The authors concluded that during fever, neuronal firing stability is largely maintained by sensory STAY PNs and MSNs that express functional TRPV3 channels. Overall, this study is well designed and executed with substantial controls, some interesting findings and quality of data.

Comments on revisions:

My previous concerns have been addressed in this revised manuscript.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

The authors studied the excitability of layer 2/3 pyramidal neurons in response to layer four stimulation at temperatures ranging from 30 to 39{degree sign}C in P7-8, P12-P14, and P22-P24 animals. They also measure brain temperature and spiking in vivo in response to externally applied heat. Some pyramidal neurons continue to fire action potentials in response to stimulation at 39{degree sign}C and are referred to as "stay neurons." Stay neurons have unique properties, aided by the expression of the TRPV3 channel.

Strengths:

The authors focused on layer 2/3 neuronal excitability at three developmental stages: during the window of susceptibility to febrile seizures, before the window opens, and after it closes.

Electrophysiological experiments are rigorously performed and carefully interpreted.

The cellular electrophysiology is further confirmed. The authors compared the seizure susceptibility of TRPV3 knockout, heterozygous, and wild-type mice. EEG recording would have strengthened the study, but they are challenging in this age group.

Finally, the authors studied TRPV3 expression with immunohistochemistry.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

Summary:

This important study combines in vitro and in vivo recording to determine how the firing of cortical and striatal neurons changes during a fever range temperature rise (37-40 oC). The authors found that certain neurons will start, stop, or maintain firing during these body temperature changes. The authors further suggested that the TRPV3 channel plays a role in maintaining cortical activity during fever.

Strengths:

The topic of how the firing pattern of neurons changes during fever is unique and interesting. The authors carefully used in vitro electrophysiology assays to study this interesting topic.

Weaknesses:

(1) In vivo recording is a strength of this study. However, data from in vivo recording is only shown in Fig 5A,B. This reviewer suggests the authors further expand on the analysis of the in vivo Neuropixels recording. For example, to show single spike waveforms and raster plots to provide more information on the recording. The authors can also separate the recording based on brain regions (cortex vs striatum) using the depth of the probe as a landmark to study the specific firing of cortical neurons and striatal neurons. It is also possible to use published parameters to separate the recording based on spike waveform to identify regular principal neurons vs fast-spiking interneurons. Since the authors studied E/I balance in brain slices, it would be very interesting to see whether the "E/I balance" based on the firing of excitatory neurons vs fast-spiking interneurons might be changed or not in the in vivo condition.

(2) The author should propose a potential mechanism for how TRPV3 helps to maintain cortical activity during fever. Would calcium influx-mediated change of membrane potential be the possible reason? Making a summary figure to put all the findings into perspective and propose a possible mechanism would also be appreciated.

(3) The author studied P7-8, P12-14, and P20-26 mice. How do these ages correspond to the human ages? it would be nice to provide a comparison to help the reader understand the context better.

Comments on revisions:

In this revised version, the authors nicely addressed my critiques. I have no more comments to make.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

In the study by Roeder and colleagues, the authors aim to identify the psychophysiological markers of trust during the evaluation of matching or mismatching AI decision-making. Specifically, they aim to characterize through brain activity how the decision made by an AI can be monitored throughout time in a two-step decision-making task. The objective of this study is to unfold, through continuous brain activity recording, the general information processing sequence while interacting with an artificial agent, and how internal as well as external information interact and modify this processing. Additionally, the authors provide a subset of factors affecting this information processing for both decisions.

Strengths:

The study addresses a wide and important topic of the value attributed to AI decisions and their impact on our own confidence in decision-making. It especially questions some of the factors modulating the dynamical adaptation of trust in AI decisions. Factors such as perceived reliability, type of image, mismatch, or participants' bias toward one response or the other are very relevant to the question in human-AI interactions.

Interestingly, the authors also question the processing of more ambiguous stimuli, with no real ground truth. This gets closer to everyday life situations where people have to make decisions in uncertain environments. Having a better understanding of how those decisions are made is very relevant in many domains.

Also, the method for processing behavioral and especially EEG data is overall very robust and is what is currently recommended for statistical analyses for group studies. Additionally, authors provide complete figures with all robustness evaluation information. The results and statistics are very detailed. This promotes confidence, but also replicability of results.

An additional interesting method aspect is that it is addressing a large window of analysis and the interaction between three timeframes (evidence accumulation pre-decision, decision-making, post-AI decision processing) within the same trials. This type of analysis is quite innovative in the sense that it is not yet a standard in complex experimental designs. It moves forward from classical short-time windows and baseline ERP analysis.

Weaknesses:

This manuscript raises several conceptual and theoretical considerations that are not necessarily answered by the methods (especially the task) used. Even though the authors propose to assess trust dynamics and violations in cooperative human-AI teaming decision-making, I don't believe their task resolves such a question. Indeed, there is no direct link between the human decision and the AI decision. They do not cooperate per se, and the AI decision doesn't seem, from what I understood to have an impact on the participants' decision making. The authors make several assumptions regarding trust, feedback, response expectation, and "classification" (i.e., match vs. mismatch) which seem far stretched when considering the scientific literature on these topics.

Unlike what is done for the data processing, the authors have not managed to take the big picture of the theoretical implications of their results. A big part of this study's interpretation aims to have their results fit into the theoretical box of the neural markers of performance monitoring.

Overall, the analysis method was very robust and well-managed, but the experimental task they have set up does not allow to support their claim. Here, they seem to be assessing the impact of a mismatch between two independent decisions.

Nevertheless, this type of work is very important to various communities. First, it addresses topical concerns associated with the introduction of AI in our daily life and decisions, but it also addresses methodological difficulties that the EEG community has been having to move slowly away from the static event-based short-timeframe analyses onto a more dynamic evaluation of the unfolding of cognitive processes and their interactions. The topic of trust toward AI in cooperative decision making has also been raised by many communities, and understanding the dynamics of trust, as well as the factors modulating it, is of concern to many high-risk environments, or even everyday life contexts. Policy makers are especially interested in this kind of research output.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

The authors investigated how "AI-agent" feedback is perceived in an ambiguous classification task, and categorised the neural responses to this. They asked participants to classify real or fake faces, and presented an AI-agent's feedback afterwards, where the AI-feedback disagreed with the participants' response on a random 25% of trials (called mismatches). Pre-response ERP was sensitive to participants' classification as real or fake, while ERPs after the AI-feedback were sensitive to AI-mismatches, with stronger N2 and P3a&b components. There was an interaction of these effects, with mismatches after a "Fake" response affecting the N2 and those after "Real" responses affecting P3a&b. The ERPs were also sensitive to the participants' response biases, and their subjective ratings of the AI agent's reliability.

Strengths:

The researchers address an interesting question, and extend the AI-feedback paradigm to ambiguous tasks without veridical feedback, which is closer to many real-world tasks. The in-depth analysis of ERPs provides a detailed categorisation of several ERPs, as well as whole-brain responses, to AI-feedback, and how this interacts with internal beliefs, response biases, and trust in the AI-agent.

Weaknesses:

There is little discussion of how the poor performance (close to 50% chance) may have affected performance on the task, such as by leading to entirely random guessing or overreliance on response biases. This can change how error-monitoring signals presented, as they are affected by participants' accuracy, as well as affecting how the AI feedback is perceived.

The task design and performance make it hard to assess how much it was truly measuring "trust" in an AI agent's feedback. The AI-feedback is yoked to the participants' performance, agreeing on 75% of trials and disagreeing on 25% (randomly), which is an important difference from the framing provided of human-AI partnerships, where AI-agents usually act independently from the humans and thus disagreements offer information about the human's own performance. In this task, disagreements are uninformative, and coupled with the at-chance performance on an ambiguous task, it is not clear how participants should be interpreting disagreements, and whether they treat it like receiving feedback about the accuracy of their choices, or whether they realise it is uninformative. Much greater discussion and justification are needed about the behaviour in the task, how participants did/should treat the feedback, and how these affect the trust/reliability ratings, as these are all central to the claims of the paper.

There are a lot of EEG results presented here, including whole-brain and window-free analyses, so greater clarity on which results were a priori hypothesised should be given, along with details on how electrodes were selected for ERPs and follow-up tests.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

The current paper investigates neural correlates of trust development in human-AI interaction, looking at EEG signatures locked to the moment that AI advice is presented. The key finding is that both human-response-locked EEG signatures (the CPP) and post-AI-advice signatures (N2, P3) are modulated by trust ratings. The study is interesting, however, it does have some clear and sometimes problematic weaknesses:

(1) The authors did not include "AI-advice". Instead, a manikin turned green or blue, which was framed as AI advice. It is unclear whether participants viewed this as actual AI advice.

(2) The authors did not include a "non-AI" control condition in their experiment, such that we cannot know how specific all of these effects are to AI, or just generic uncertain feedback processing.

(3) Participants perform the task at chance level. This makes it unclear to what extent they even tried to perform the task or just randomly pressed buttons. These situations likely differ substantially from a real-life scenario where humans perform an actual task (which is not impossible) and receive actual AI advice.

(4) Many of the conclusions in the paper are overstated or very generic.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

This manuscript provides a comprehensive systematic analysis of envelope-containing Ty3/gypsy retrotransposons (errantiviruses) across metazoan genomes, including both invertebrates and ancient animal lineages. Using iterative tBLASTn mining of over 1,900 genomes, the authors catalog 1,512 intact retrotransposons with uninterrupted gag, pol, and env open reading frames. They show that these elements are widespread-present in most metazoan phyla, including cnidarians, ctenophores, and tunicates-with active proliferation indicated by their multicopy status. Phylogenetic analyses distinguish "ancient" and "insect" errantivirus clades, while structural characterization (including AlphaFold2 modeling) reveals two major env types: paramyxovirus F-like and herpesvirus gB-like proteins. Although bot envelope types were identified in previous analyses two decades ago, the evolutionary provenance of these envelope genes was almost rudimentary and anecdotal (I can say this because I authored one of these studies). The results in the present study support an ancient origin for env acquisition in metazoan Ty3/gypsy elements, with subsequent vertical inheritance and limited recombination between env and pol domains. The paper also proposes an expanded definition of 'errantivirus' for env-carrying Ty3/gypsy elements outside Drosophila.

Strengths:

(1) Comprehensive Genomic Survey:<br /> The breadth of the genome search across non-model metazoan phyla yields an impressive dataset covering evolutionary breadth, with clear documentation of search iterations and validation criteria for intact elements.

(2) Robust Phylogenetic Inference:<br /> The use of maximum likelihood trees on both pol and env domains, with thorough congruence analysis, convincingly separates ancient from lineage-specific elements and demonstrates co-evolution of env and pol within clades.

(3) Structural Insights:<br /> AlphaFold2-based predictions provide high-confidence structural evidence that both env types have retained fusion-competent architectures, supporting the hypothesis of preserved functional potential.

(4) Novelty and Scope:<br /> The study challenges previous assumptions of insect-centric or recent env acquisition and makes a compelling case for a Pre-Cambrian origin, significantly advancing our understanding of animal retroelement diversity and evolution. THIS IS A MAJOR ADVANCE.

(5) Data Transparency:<br /> I appreciate that all data, code, and predicted structures are made openly available, facilitating reproducibility and future comparative analyses.

Major Weaknesses

(1) Functional Evidence Gaps:<br /> The work rests largely on sequence and structure prediction. No direct expression or experimental validation of envelope gene function or infectivity outside Drosophila is attempted, which would be valuable to corroborate the inferred roles of these glycoproteins in non-insect lineages. At least for some of these species, there are RNA-seq datasets that could be leveraged.

(2) Horizontal Transfer vs. Loss Hypotheses:<br /> The discussion argues primarily for vertical inheritance, but the somewhat sporadic phylogenetic distributions and long-branch effects suggest that loss and possibly rare horizontal events may contribute more than acknowledged. Explicit quantitative tests for horizontal transfer, or reconciliation analyses, would strengthen this conclusion. It's also worth pointing out that, unlike retrotransposons that can be found in genomes, any potential related viral envelopes must, by definition, have a spottier distribution due to sampling. I don't think this challenges any of the conclusions, but it must be acknowledged as something that could affect the strength of this conclusion

(3) Limited Taxon Sampling for Certain Phyla:<br /> Despite the impressive breadth, some ancient lineages (e.g., Porifera, Echinodermata) are negative, but the manuscript does not fully explore whether this reflects real biological absence, assembly quality, or insufficient sampling. A more systematic treatment of negative findings would clarify claims of ubiquity. However, I also believe this falls beyond the scope of this study.

(4) Mechanistic Ambiguity:<br /> The proposed model that env-containing elements exploit ovarian somatic niches is plausible but extrapolated from Drosophila data; for most taxa, actual tissue specificity, lifecycle, or host interaction mechanisms remain speculative and, to me, a bit unreasonable.

Minor Weaknesses:

(1) Terminology and Nomenclature:<br /> The paper introduces and then generalizes the term "errantivirus" to non-insect elements. While this is logical, it may confuse readers familiar with the established, Drosophila-centric definition if not more explicitly clarified throughout. I also worry about changes being made without any input from the ICTV nomenclature committee, which just went through a thorough reclassification. Nevertheless, change is expected, and calling them all errantiviruses is entirely reasonable.

(2) Figures and Supplementary Data Navigation:<br /> Some key phylogenies and domain alignments are found only in supplementary figures, occasionally hindering readability for non-expert audiences. Selected main-text inclusion of representative trees would benefit accessibility.

(3) ORF Integrity Thresholds:<br /> The cutoff choices for defining "intact" elements (e.g., numbers/placement of stop codons, length ranges) are reasonable but only lightly justified. More rationale or sensitivity analysis would improve confidence in the inclusion criteria. For example, how did changing these criteria change the number of intact elements?

(4) Minor Typos/Formatting:<br /> The paper contains sporadic typographical errors and formatting glitches (e.g., misaligned figure labels, unrendered symbols) that should be addressed.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

The authors first surveyed metazoan genomes to identify homologs of Drosophila errantiviruses and classified them into two groups, "insect" and "ancient" elements, supporting the hypothesis of an early evolutionary origin for these retrotransposons. They subsequently identified two distinct types of envelope proteins, one resembling the glycoprotein F of paramyxoviruses and the other akin to the glycoprotein B of herpesviruses. Despite differences in their primary amino acid sequences, these proteins display notable structural similarity in their predicted domain architectures. The congruence between the phylogenies of the envelope and pol genes further supports the ancient origin of the envelope genes, challenging earlier hypotheses that proposed recent recombination events with baculoviruses. Additional analysis of the Pol "bridge region" corroborated the divergence among these elements, consistent with a pattern of limited cross-species recombination. Finally, by comparing these elements with non-envelope-containing Gypsy retrotransposons, the authors concluded that errantiviruses originated from multiple elements independently.

Strengths:

The conclusions of this study are based on a comprehensive collection of errantiviruses identified across a wide range of metazoan genomes. These findings are further supported by multiple lines of evidence, including phylogenetic congruence and the diverse evolutionary origins of envelope genes. AlphaFold2-assisted protein domain structure analyses also provided key insights into the characterization of these elements. Together, these results present a compelling case that errantiviruses arose independently through multiple evolutionary events, extending well beyond previous hypotheses.

Weaknesses:

It would be beneficial to emphasize in the Abstract the potential impact of this work by more clearly articulating the current knowledge gap in the field. While the second paragraph of the Introduction briefly touches on this point, highlighting the broader significance in the Abstract would better capture readers' interest. Additionally, some methodological choices would benefit from clearer justification and explanation. For instance, in Figure 6, the selection of the bridge region/RNase H domain is not explicitly explained, leaving the rationale for its choice unclear. As a minor point, some figure labels and texts are too small and difficult to read, and improving their legibility would enhance overall clarity.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

Summary and Significance:

In this work, Cary and Hayashi address the important question of when, in evolution, certain mobile genetic elements (Ty3/gypsy-like non-LTR retrotransposons) associated with certain membrane fusion proteins (viral glycoprotein F or B-like proteins), which could allow these mobile genetic elements to be transferred between individual cells of a given host. It is debated in the literature whether the acquisition of membrane fusion proteins by non-LTR retrotransposons is a rather recent phenomenon that separately occurred in the ancestors of certain host species or whether the association with membrane fusion proteins is a much more ancient one, pre-dating the Cambrian explosion. Obviously, this question also touches upon the origin of the retroviruses, which can spread between individuals of a given host but seem restricted to vertebrates. Based on convincing data, Cary and Hayashi argue that an ancient association of non-LTR retrotransposons with membrane fusion proteins is most probable.

Strengths:

The authors take the smart approach to systematically retrieve apparently complete, intact, and recently functional Ty3/gypsy-like non-LTR retrotransposons that, next to their characteristic gag and pol genes, additionally carry sequences that are homologous to viral glycoprotein F (env-F) or viral glycoprotein B (env-B). They then construct and compare phylogenetic trees of the host species and individual encoded proteins and protein domains, where 3D-structure calculations and other features explain and corroborate the clustering within the phylogenetic trees. Congruence of phylogenetic trees and correlation of structural features is then taken as evidence for an infrequent recombination and a long-term co-evolution of the reverse transcriptase (encoded by the pol gene) and its respective putative membrane fusion gene (encoded by env-F or env-B). Importantly, the env-F and env-B containing retrotransposons do not form a monophyletic group among the Ty3/gypsy-like non-LTR retrotransposons, but are scattered throughout, supporting the idea of an originally ancient association followed by a random loss of env-F/env-B in individual branches of the tree (and rather rare re-associations via more recent recombinations).

Overall, this is valuable, stimulating, and important work of general and fundamental interest, but still also somewhat incompletely explored, imprecisely explained, and insufficiently put into context for a more general audience.

Weaknesses:

Some points that might be considered and clarified:

(1) Imprecise explanations, terms, and definitions:

It might help to add a 'definitions box' or similar to precisely explain how the authors decided to use certain terms in this manuscript, and then use these terms consistently and with precision.

a) In particular, these are terms such as 'vertebrate retrovirus' vs 'retrovirus' vs 'endogenized retrovirus' vs 'endogenous retrovirus' vs 'non-LTR retrotransposon' and 'Ty3/gypsi-like retrotransposon' vs 'Ty3/gypsy retrotransposon' vs 'errantivirus'.

b) The comment also applies to the term 'env' used for both 'env-F' and 'env-B', where often it remains unclear which of the two protein types the authors refer to. This is confusing, particularly in the methods, where the search for the respective homologs is described.

c) Other examples are the use of the entire pol gene vs. pol-RT for the definition of the Ty3/gypsy clade and for the generation of phylogenetic trees (Methods and Figure S1), and the names for various portions of pol that appear without prior definition or explanation (e.g., 'pro' in Figure 1A, 'bridge' in Figure S1C, 'the chromodomain' in the text and Figure 7).

d) It is unclear from the main text which portions of pol were chosen to define pol-RT and why. The methods name the 'palm-and-fingers', 'thumb', and 'connections' domains to define RT. In the main text, the 'connection' domain is called 'tether' and is instead defined as part of the 'bridge' region following RT, which is not part of RT.

(2) Insufficient broader context:

a) The introduction does not state what defines Ty3/gypsy non-LTR retrotransposons as compared to their closest relatives (Ty1/copia retrotransposons, BEL/pao retrotransposons, vertebrate retroviruses). This makes it difficult to judge the significance and generality of the findings.

b) The various known compositions of Ty3/gypsi-like retrotransposons are not mentioned and explained in the introduction (open reading frames, (poly-)proteins and protein domains, and their variable arrangement, enzymatic activities, and putative functions), and the distribution of Ty3/gypsi-like retrotransposons among eukaryotes remains unclear. The introduction does not mention that Ty3/gypsi-like retrotransposons apparently are absent from vertebrates, and Figure 7 is not very clear about whether or not it includes sequences from plants ('Chromoviridae').

c) The known association of Ty3/gypsi-like retrotransposons from different metazoan phyla with putative membrane fusion proteins (env-like) genes is mentioned in the introduction, but literature information, whether such associations also occur in the context of other retrotransposons (e.g., Ty1/ copia or BEL/pao), is not provided. The abstract is somewhat misleading in this respect. Finally, the different known types of env-like genes are not mentioned and explained as part of the introduction ('env-f', 'env-B', 'retroviral env', others?)

d) Some key references and reviews might be added:

- Pelisson, A. et al. (1994) https://www.embopress.org/doi/abs/10.1002/j.1460-2075.1994.tb06760.x<br /> (next to Song et al. (1994), for the identification of env in Ty3/gypsy)

- Boeke, J.D. et al. (1999)<br /> In Virus Taxonomy: ICTV VIIth report. (ed. F.A. Murphy),. Springer-Verlag, New York.<br /> (cited by Malik et al. (2000) - for the definition and first use of the term 'errantivirus')

- Eickbush, T.H. and Jamburuthugoda, V.K. (2008) https://doi.org/10.1016/j.virusres.2007.12.010<br /> (on the classification of retrotransposons and their env-like genes)

- Hayward, A. (2017) https://doi.org/10.1016/j.coviro.2017.06.006<br /> (on scenarios of env acquisition)

(3) Incomplete analysis:

a) Mobile genetic elements are sometimes difficult to assemble correctly from short-read sequencing data. Did the authors confirm some of their newly identified elements by e.g., PCR analysis or re-identification in long-read sequencing data?

b) The authors mention somewhat on the side that there are Ty3/gypsy elements with a different arrangement (gag-env-pol instead of gag-pol-env). Why was this important feature apparently not used and correlated in the analysis? How does it map on the RT phylogenetic tree? Which type of env is found with either arrangement? Is there evidence for a loss of env also in the case of gag-env-pol elements?

c) Sankey plots are insufficiently explained. How would inconsistencies between trees (recombinations) show up here? Why is there no Sankey plot for the analysis of env-B in Figure 5?

d) Why are there no trees generated for env-F and env-B like proteins, including closely related homologous sequences that do NOT come from Ty3/gypsy retrotransposons (e.g., from the eukaryotic hosts, from other types of retrotransposons (Ty1/copia or BEL/pao), from viruses such as Herpesvirus and Baculovirus)? It would be informative whether the sequences from Ty3/gypsy cluster together in this case.

e) Did the authors identify any other env-like ORFs (apart from env-F and env-B) among Ty3/gypsy retrotransposons? Did they identify other, non-env-like ORFs that might help in the analysis? It is not quite clear from the methods if the searches for env-F and env-B - containing Ty3/gypsy elements were done separately and consecutively or somehow combined (the authors generally use 'env', and it is not clear which type of protein this refers to).

f) Why was the gag protein apparently not used to support the analysis? Are there different, unrelated types of gag among non-LTR retrotransposons? Does gag follow or break the pattern of co-evolution between RT and env-F/env-B?

g) Data availability. The link given in the paper does not seem to work (https://github.com/RippeiHayashi/errantiviruses_2025/tree/main). It would be useful for the community to have the sequences of the newly identified Ty3/gypsy retrotransposons listed readily available (not just genome coordinates as in table S1), together with the respective annotations of ORFs and features.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

From a forward genetic mosaic mutant screen using EMS, the authors identify mutations in glucosylceramide synthase (GlcT), a rate-limiting enzyme for glycosphingolipid (GSL) production, that result in ee tumors. Multiple genetic experiments strongly support the model that the mutant phenotype caused by GlcT loss is due to by failure of conversion of ceramide into glucosylceramide. Further genetic evidence suggests that Notch signaling is comprised in the ISC lineage and may affect endocytosis of Delta. Loss of GlcT does not affect wing development or oogenesis, suggesting tissue-specific roles for GlcT. Finally, an increase in goblet cells in UGCG knockout mice, not previously reported, suggests a conserved role for GlcT in Notch signaling in intestinal cell lineage specification.

Strengths:

Overall, this is a well-written paper with multiple well-designed and executed genetic experiments that support a role for GlcT in Notch signaling in the fly and mammalian intestine. The authors have addressed my concerns from the prior review.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

This study genetically identifies two key enzymes involved in the biosynthesis of glycosphingolipids, GlcT and Egh, act as tumor suppressors in the adult fly gut. Detailed genetic analysis indicates that a deficiency in Mactosyl-ceramide (Mac-Cer) is causing tumor formation. Analysis of a Notch transcriptional reporter further indicates that the lack of Mac-Ser is associated with reduced Notch activity in the gut, but not in other tissues.

Addressing how a change in the lipid composition of the membranes might lead to defective Notch receptor activation, the authors studied the endocytic trafficking of Delta and claimed that internalized Delta appeared to accumulate faster into endosomes in the absence of Mac-Cer. Further analysis of Delta steady state accumulation in fixed samples suggested a delay in the endosomal trafficking of Delta from Rab5+ to Rab7+ endosomes, which was interpreted to suggest that the inefficient, or delayed, recycling of Delta might cause a loss in Notch receptor activation.

Finally, the histological analysis of mouse guts following the conditional knock-out of the GlcT gene suggested that Mac-Cer might also be important for proper Notch signaling activity in that context.

Strengths:

The genetic analysis is of high quality. The finding that a Mac-Cer deficiency results in reduced Notch activity in the fly gut is important and fully convincing.

The mouse data, although preliminary, raised the possibility that the role of this specific lipid may be conserved across species.